US20090209856A1 - Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease - Google Patents
Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20090209856A1 US20090209856A1 US12/388,435 US38843509A US2009209856A1 US 20090209856 A1 US20090209856 A1 US 20090209856A1 US 38843509 A US38843509 A US 38843509A US 2009209856 A1 US2009209856 A1 US 2009209856A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- lung
- pneumostomy
- parietal
- pneumostoma
- procedure
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M27/00—Drainage appliance for wounds or the like, i.e. wound drains, implanted drains
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/007—Pulmonary tract; Aromatherapy
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M1/00—Suction or pumping devices for medical purposes; Devices for carrying-off, for treatment of, or for carrying-over, body-liquids; Drainage systems
- A61M1/04—Artificial pneumothorax apparatus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M13/00—Insufflators for therapeutic or disinfectant purposes, i.e. devices for blowing a gas, powder or vapour into the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/08—Bellows; Connecting tubes ; Water traps; Patient circuits
- A61M16/0816—Joints or connectors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/08—Bellows; Connecting tubes ; Water traps; Patient circuits
- A61M16/0816—Joints or connectors
- A61M16/0833—T- or Y-type connectors, e.g. Y-piece
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/20—Valves specially adapted to medical respiratory devices
- A61M16/201—Controlled valves
- A61M16/202—Controlled valves electrically actuated
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/01—Introducing, guiding, advancing, emplacing or holding catheters
- A61M25/02—Holding devices, e.g. on the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/01—Introducing, guiding, advancing, emplacing or holding catheters
- A61M25/02—Holding devices, e.g. on the body
- A61M25/04—Holding devices, e.g. on the body in the body, e.g. expansible
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/10—Balloon catheters
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M39/00—Tubes, tube connectors, tube couplings, valves, access sites or the like, specially adapted for medical use
- A61M39/02—Access sites
- A61M39/0247—Semi-permanent or permanent transcutaneous or percutaneous access sites to the inside of the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00743—Type of operation; Specification of treatment sites
- A61B2017/00809—Lung operations
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M11/00—Sprayers or atomisers specially adapted for therapeutic purposes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M11/00—Sprayers or atomisers specially adapted for therapeutic purposes
- A61M11/005—Sprayers or atomisers specially adapted for therapeutic purposes using ultrasonics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M11/00—Sprayers or atomisers specially adapted for therapeutic purposes
- A61M11/04—Sprayers or atomisers specially adapted for therapeutic purposes operated by the vapour pressure of the liquid to be sprayed or atomised
- A61M11/041—Sprayers or atomisers specially adapted for therapeutic purposes operated by the vapour pressure of the liquid to be sprayed or atomised using heaters
- A61M11/042—Sprayers or atomisers specially adapted for therapeutic purposes operated by the vapour pressure of the liquid to be sprayed or atomised using heaters electrical
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M15/00—Inhalators
- A61M15/0085—Inhalators using ultrasonics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M15/00—Inhalators
- A61M15/009—Inhalators using medicine packages with incorporated spraying means, e.g. aerosol cans
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M15/00—Inhalators
- A61M15/02—Inhalators with activated or ionised fluids, e.g. electrohydrodynamic [EHD] or electrostatic devices; Ozone-inhalators with radioactive tagged particles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M39/00—Tubes, tube connectors, tube couplings, valves, access sites or the like, specially adapted for medical use
- A61M39/02—Access sites
- A61M39/0247—Semi-permanent or permanent transcutaneous or percutaneous access sites to the inside of the body
- A61M2039/0252—Semi-permanent or permanent transcutaneous or percutaneous access sites to the inside of the body for access to the lungs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M39/00—Tubes, tube connectors, tube couplings, valves, access sites or the like, specially adapted for medical use
- A61M39/02—Access sites
- A61M39/0247—Semi-permanent or permanent transcutaneous or percutaneous access sites to the inside of the body
- A61M2039/0276—Semi-permanent or permanent transcutaneous or percutaneous access sites to the inside of the body for introducing or removing fluids into or out of the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2202/00—Special media to be introduced, removed or treated
- A61M2202/02—Gases
- A61M2202/0208—Oxygen
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2202/00—Special media to be introduced, removed or treated
- A61M2202/02—Gases
- A61M2202/025—Helium
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2202/00—Special media to be introduced, removed or treated
- A61M2202/06—Solids
- A61M2202/064—Powder
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/07—General characteristics of the apparatus having air pumping means
- A61M2205/071—General characteristics of the apparatus having air pumping means hand operated
- A61M2205/075—Bulb type
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/75—General characteristics of the apparatus with filters
- A61M2205/7518—General characteristics of the apparatus with filters bacterial
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/75—General characteristics of the apparatus with filters
- A61M2205/7536—General characteristics of the apparatus with filters allowing gas passage, but preventing liquid passage, e.g. liquophobic, hydrophobic, water-repellent membranes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M39/00—Tubes, tube connectors, tube couplings, valves, access sites or the like, specially adapted for medical use
- A61M39/02—Access sites
Definitions
- COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- the symptoms of COPD can range from the chronic cough and sputum production of chronic bronchitis to the severe disabling shortness of breath of emphysema.
- chronic cough and sputum production are the first signs that they are at risk for developing the airflow obstruction and shortness of breath characteristic of COPD.
- Acute infections or certain weather conditions may temporarily worsen symptoms (exacerbations), occasionally where hospitalization may be required.
- shortness of breath may be the first indication of the disease.
- the diagnosis of COPD is confirmed by the presence of airway obstruction on testing with spirometry. Ultimately, severe emphysema may lead to severe dyspnea, severe limitation of daily activities, illness and death.
- Lung Volume Reduction Surgery is an invasive procedure primarily for patients who have a localized (heterogeneous) version of emphysema; in which, the most diseased area of the lung is surgically removed to allow the remaining tissue to work more efficiently. Patients with diffuse emphysema cannot be treated with LVRS, and typically only have lung transplantation as an end-stage option. However, many patients are not candidates for such a taxing procedure.
- Applicants have developed a method for treating COPD in which an artificial passageway is made through the chest wall into the lung.
- An anastomosis is formed between the artificial passageway and the lung by creating a seal, adhesion and/or pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes surrounding the passageway as it enters the lung.
- the seal, adhesion and/or pleurodesis prevent air from entering the pleural cavity and causing a pneumothorax (deflation of the lung due to air pressure in the pleural cavity).
- the pleurodesis is stabilized by a fibrotic healing response between the membranes.
- the artificial passageway through the chest wall also becomes epithelialized. The result is a stable artificial aperture through the chest wall which communicates with the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- a pneumostoma provides an extra pathway that allows air to exit the lung while bypassing the natural airways which have been impaired by COPD and emphysema.
- the pneumostoma allows the stale air trapped in the lung to escape from the lung thereby shrinking the lung (reducing hyperinflation).
- the ventilation bypass reduces breathing effort (reducing dyspnea), allows more fresh air to be drawn in through the natural airways and increases the effectiveness of all of the tissues of the lung for gas exchange.
- Increasing the effectiveness of gas exchange allows for increased absorption of oxygen into the bloodstream and also increased removal of carbon dioxide from the bloodstream.
- the pneumostoma thereby achieves the advantages of lung volume reduction surgery without surgically removing a portion of the lung or sealing off a portion of the lung.
- Pneumonostomy is a general term for the surgical creation of an artificial opening into the pleural cavity or lung such as for drainage of an abscess.
- the procedure for creating a pneumostoma is a type of pneumonostomy.
- pneumostomy will be used herein to refer to procedures for creating a pneumostoma.
- the present invention provides surgical techniques, procedures and instruments for pneumostomy.
- the present invention provides a two-phase pneumostomy technique in which a pleurodesis is created in a first procedure and a pneumostoma is created as a second procedure after a delay for creation of the pleurodesis.
- the present invention provides an accelerated two-phase pneumostomy technique in which a pleurodesis is created acutely at the first phase of a procedure and a pneumostoma is created as a second phase of the same procedure after creation of the pleurodesis.
- the present invention provides a single-phase pneumostomy technique for creating a pneumostoma in which a pleurodesis and a pneumostoma are created concurrently.
- the present invention provides minimally-invasive approaches for performing a pneumostomy.
- the present invention provides a percutaneous approach for performing a pneumostomy.
- the present invention provides a mini-thoracotomy approach for performing a pneumostomy.
- the present invention provides an intercostal approach for performing a pneumostomy.
- the present invention provides perioperative procedures associated with performing pneumostomy.
- FIG. 1A shows the chest of a patient indicating alternative locations for pneumostoma that may be created using pneumostomy procedures and surgical tools of the present invention.
- FIG. 1B shows a sectional view of the chest illustrating the relationship between the pneumostoma, lung and natural airways.
- FIG. 1C shows a detailed sectional view of the pneumostoma.
- FIG. 2 shows the general steps for pneumostomy in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 3A-3C show views of a pneumostomy catheter for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention.
- FIGS. 3D-3E show views of an alternative pneumostomy catheter assembled with a percutaneous insertion tool for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention.
- FIG. 3F shows a sectional view of an alternative component of the pneumostomy catheters of FIGS. 3A-3E .
- FIG. 3G shows a section view of the tip of an alternative pneumostomy catheter in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4A shows the steps of a two-phase pneumostomy technique in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 4B-4C illustrate the first phase of the two-phase pneumostomy technique of FIG. 4A .
- FIGS. 4D-4E illustrate the second phase of the two-phase pneumostomy technique of FIG. 4A .
- FIG. 4F illustrates an optional step of the second phase of the two-phase pneumostomy technique of FIG. 4A .
- FIG. 5A shows the steps of an accelerated two-phase pneumostomy technique in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5B illustrates the first part of the procedure of the accelerated two-phase pneumostomy technique of FIG. 5A .
- FIG. 5C illustrates the second part of the procedure of the accelerated two-phase pneumostomy technique of FIG. 5A .
- FIG. 6A shows the steps of a single-phase pneumostomy technique in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 6B-6C illustrate steps of the single-phase pneumostomy technique of FIG. 6A .
- FIG. 7A shows the steps of a percutaneous single-phase pneumostomy technique in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 7B-7C illustrate steps of the percutaneous single-phase pneumostomy technique of FIG. 7A .
- FIG. 7D illustrates a lung retraction instrument for use in a pneumostomy procedure in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7E illustrates a lung anchor for use in a pneumostomy procedure in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 7F-7H illustrate a lung anchor and applicator for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B show use of a pneumostoma management device after removal of a pneumostomy catheter in accordance with any one of the above procedures.
- FIGS. 9A-9G show alternative pneumostomy instruments and accessories for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention.
- FIGS. 10A-10F show views of an alternate pneumostomy instrument for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention.
- FIGS. 11A-11C show views of a percutaneous insertion instrument for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention.
- FIGS. 12A-12E show views of an external support for a pneumostomy instrument in accordance with embodiments of the present invention
- FIGS. 13A-13C show steps for pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention.
- FIG. 1A shows the chest of patient indicating alternative locations for creating a pneumostoma that may be managed using the system and methods of the present invention.
- a first pneumostoma 110 is shown on the front of the chest 100 over the right lung 101 (shown in dashed lines).
- the pneumostoma is preferably positioned over the second or third intercostal space on the mid-clavicular line.
- the pneumostoma 110 is located on the front of the chest between the second and third or third and fourth ribs.
- the pneumostoma 110 is preferably located between two ribs, in alternative procedures a pneumostoma can also be prepared using a minithoracotomy with a rib resection.
- FIG. 1A a second pneumostoma 112 is illustrated in a lateral position entering the left lung 103 (shown in dashed lines).
- the pneumostoma 112 is preferably positioned over the second, third, fourth or fifth intercostal space on the mid-axillary line under the arm 104 .
- a third pneumostoma 114 is illustrated on the front of the chest over the left lung 103 (shown in dashed lines).
- the pneumostoma 114 is oval rather than round which allows a larger cross-section for the pneumostoma while still fitting within the intercostal space.
- one pneumostoma per lung is created; however, more or less than one pneumostoma per lung may be created depending upon the needs of the patient.
- the lobes of the lung are not completely separate and air may pass between the lobes.
- the pneumostoma 112 and 114 are preferably located between two ribs, in alternative procedures a pneumostoma can also be prepared using a minithoracotomy with a rib resection.
- a pneumostoma is surgically created by forming an artificial channel through the chest wall and joining that channel with an opening through the visceral membrane of the lung into parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- the joining of two separate hollow cavities, vessels or organs to form a continuous channel is termed anastomosis.
- the anastomosis is the joining of the artificial channel and the opening in the visceral membrane.
- Anastomosis seals the channel from the pleural cavity and can be achieved using adhesives, mechanical sealing and/or pleurodesis.
- General methods for forming the channel, forming the opening, anastomosis and pleurodesis are disclosed in applicant's pending and issued patents and applications including U.S. patent application Ser. No.
- FIG. 1B shows a sectional view of chest 100 illustrating the position of the pneumostoma 110 relative to the lung and natural airways.
- the parenchymal tissue 132 of the lung 130 is comprised principally of alveoli 134 .
- the alveoli 134 are the thin walled air-filled sacs in which gas exchange takes place. Air flows into the lungs through the natural airways including the trachea 136 , carina 137 , and bronchi 138 . Inside the lungs, the bronchi branch into a multiplicity of smaller vessels referred to as bronchioles (not shown). Typically, there are more than one million bronchioles in each lung. Each bronchiole connects a cluster of alveoli to the natural airways.
- pneumostoma 110 comprises a channel through the thoracic wall 106 of the chest 100 between two ribs 107 .
- Pneumostoma 110 opens at an aperture 126 through the skin 114 of chest 100 .
- Aperture 126 may be round, oval or another suitable shape that allows air flow while fitting within a desirable anatomical position.
- FIG. 1C shows a detailed sectional view of the pneumostoma 110 and the tissue of the lung 130 .
- the thoracic wall 106 is lined with the parietal membrane 108 .
- the surface of the lung 130 is covered with a continuous sac called the visceral membrane 138 .
- the parietal membrane 108 and visceral membrane 138 are often referred to collectively as the pleural membranes.
- the pleural cavity pleural space
- the pleural cavity usually only contains a thin film of fluid that serves as a lubricant between the lungs and the chest wall. As illustrated in FIG.
- pneumostoma 110 comprises a channel 120 through the thoracic wall 106 of the chest 100 between the ribs 107 .
- the channel 120 is joined to cavity 122 in the parenchymal tissue 132 of lung 130 .
- the channel 120 and cavity 122 will typically conform to the shape of a device inserted into the pneumostoma 1 10 .
- the channel 120 may be round, oval or another suitable shape that allows air flow while fitting within a desirable anatomical position.
- An adhesion or pleurodesis 124 surrounds the channel 120 where it enters the lung 130 . In pleurodesis 124 the pleural membranes are fused and/or adhered to one another eliminating the space between the pleural membranes in that region.
- pneumostoma 110 is the seal or adhesion surrounding the channel 120 where it enters the lung 130 which may comprise a pleurodesis 124 .
- Pleurodesis 124 is the fusion or adhesion of the parietal membrane 108 and visceral membrane 138 .
- a pleurodesis may be a complete pleurodesis in which the entire pleural cavity 140 is removed by fusion of the visceral membrane 138 with the parietal membrane 108 over the entire surface of the lung 130 .
- the pleurodesis is preferably localized to the region surrounding the channel 120 .
- the pleurodesis 124 surrounding the channel 120 prevents air from entering the pleural cavity 140 . If air is permitted to enter pleural cavity 140 , a pneumothorax will result and the lung 130 may collapse.
- pneumostoma 110 When formed, pneumostoma 110 provides an extra pathway for exhaled air to exit the lung 130 reducing residual volume and intra-thoracic pressure without the air passing through the major natural airways such as the bronchi 138 and trachea 136 .
- Collateral ventilation is particularly prevalent in an emphysemous lung because of the deterioration of lung tissue caused by emphysema.
- Collateral ventilation is the term given to leakage of air through the connective tissue between the alveoli 134 .
- Collateral ventilation may include leakage of air through pathways that include the interalveolar pores of Kohn, bronchiole-alveolar communications of Lambert, and interbronchiolar pathways of Martin. This air typically becomes trapped in the lung and contributes to hyperinflation.
- the pneumostoma allows stale air trapped in the parenchymal tissue 132 to escape from the lung 130 . This reduces the residual volume and intra-thoracic pressure. The lower intra-thoracic pressure reduces the dynamic collapse of airways during exhalation. By allowing the airways to remain patent during exhalation, labored breathing (dyspnea) and residual volume (hyperinflation) are both reduced. Pneumostoma 110 not only provides an extra pathway that allows air to exit the lung 130 but also allows more fresh air to be drawn in through the natural airways. This increases the effectiveness of all of the tissues of the lung 130 and improves gas exchange.
- Pneumostoma 110 thus achieves many of the advantages sought by lung volume reduction surgery without surgically removing, disabling and/or sealing off a portion of the lung.
- pneumostomy procedures carried out with the techniques, procedures, and instruments of the present invention are desirable to create the pneumostoma.
- the pneumostomy procedures may also advantageously utilize one or more of the associated kits and perioperative methods described herein.
- FIG. 2 provides a flowchart illustrating the general steps of a pneumostomy procedure 200 including diagnosis, scanning, pneumostomy and perioperative procedures.
- the first step 202 of the procedure is functional testing and diagnosis.
- Preliminary diagnosis of COPD is considered where a patient has symptoms of a chronic cough, sputum production, dyspnea (difficult or labored breathing) and a history of exposure to risk factors for the disease—the most significant risk factor being a history of smoking.
- Clinical diagnosis of COPD requires confirmation by pulmonary function testing.
- Spirometry is the most reliable way to determine reversible airway obstruction. Spirometry is therefore often performed to assess progression of disease and to determine the effectiveness of medication. Spirometry measures the amount of air entering and leaving the lungs using a spirometry machine. The patient inhales as deeply as possible and then exhales, as forcefully and rapidly as they can into a port in the machine. The machine measures airflow that passes through the port. Usually, several exhalations are measured. The machine provides several metrics. They are expressed as percentages of what is predicted for normal lung function.
- PEFR Peak expiratory flow rate
- the amount of air exhaled is reduced, compared to a person with normal lung function. Furthermore, the amount of air exhaled during the initial 1 second (FEV1) is reduced and is reduced to a greater degree than the entire FVC. Therefore, the ratio of air exhaled after 1 second is low compared to the total amount of air exhaled.
- FVC force vital capacity
- 70%-75% of all the air exhaled after maximum inhalation (FVC) is exhaled within the first second (FEV1), known as the FEV1/FVC ratio. In lungs with COPD, the FEV1/FVC ratio falls below 70%-75%.
- the absolute value of the FEV1 is also reduced and the extent of the reduction in FEV1 is used to quantify the severity of obstruction.
- FEV1 ⁇ 70% of what is predicted for age, height, weight and race is considered mild COPD; ⁇ 50% to 69%, moderate COPD; ⁇ 35%-49%, severe COPD; and ⁇ 35%, very severe COPD.
- Post-bronchodilator Spirometry uses the same spirometry testing after giving the patient a bronchodilator, such as an inhaled beta-agonist. This procedure provides information regarding whether the airway obstruction is reversible and the potential responsiveness of the airways to medication. It is also useful for determining whether steroid treatment has been beneficial, a few weeks after initiating therapy.
- a bronchodilator such as an inhaled beta-agonist
- Lung volumes are measured in two ways, gas dilution or body plethysmography.
- the gas dilution method is performed after the patient inhales a gas, such as nitrogen or helium.
- the amount of volume in which the gas is distributed is used to calculate the volume of air the lungs can hold.
- Body plethysmography requires the patient to sit in an airtight chamber (usually transparent to prevent claustrophobia) and inhale and exhale into a tube.
- the pressure changes in the plethysmograph are used to calculate the volumes of air in the lungs.
- the most important lung volume measurements obtained are residual volume and total lung capacity (TLC).
- Blood gas analysis determines the effectiveness of gas exchange in the lungs by observing concentrations in the blood.
- Various non-invasive oxymetric methods may be used for measuring blood gas concentrations.
- arterial blood can be drawn and analyzed.
- Arterial blood gases are measured to determine the amount of oxygen dissolved in the blood (pO2), the percentage of hemoglobin saturated with oxygen (O2 sat), the amount of carbon dioxide dissolved in the blood (pCO2), and the amount of acid in the blood pH.
- the carbon dioxide and oxygen measures may be used to determine whether a patient needs oxygen therapy.
- Gas exchange can also be measured using diffusion capacity which is a measurement of gases transferred from the alveoli to the capillary. Diffusion capacity is measured by examining the uptake of a very small amount of inhaled carbon monoxide. A reduced diffusion capacity is consistent with emphysema.
- lung scanning at step 204 may be used to confirm the diagnosis of COPD developed during the functional testing step 202 .
- the CT scan may be useful to more accurately diagnose emphysema. This is usually not necessary, however, and abnormal lung anatomy is not always detected.
- the development of multi-channel CT scanning allows for the quantitative assessment of both the airway and parenchymal processes.
- CT scanning is also useful to provided images of the lung as an aid to the planning of surgical interventions such as pneumostomy.
- Lung scanning such as CT scanning may also be used to assess collateral ventilation in the lung including the extent of collateral ventilation both within and between lobes of the lung. The results of the pneumostomy procedure are improved by placing the pneumostoma in a region of high collateral ventilation.
- lung scanning may be used to determine the patients that will benefit most of pneumostomy and the best placement of a pneumostoma in a particular patient. Lung scanning is therefore typically performed to confirm the COPD diagnosis and determine a suitable placement for the pneumostoma.
- pneumostoma creation is suitable for patients with COPD that is not reversible using pharmaceuticals and pulmonary rehabilitation therapy. Pneumostomy will be most advantageous for patients with severe and very severe COPD as indicated by functional testing though patients with moderate COPD may also benefit. The general health of the patient and their ability to tolerate the procedure should also be taken into account.
- Pulmonary rehabilitation therapy 208 combines exercise training and behavioral and educational programs designed to help patients with COPD control symptoms and improve day-to-day activities.
- the main goals of pulmonary rehabilitation therapy are to help patients improve their lung health and function.
- Pulmonary rehabilitation may reduce and control breathing difficulties and other symptoms; provide coping strategies and maintain healthy behaviors such as smoking cessation, good nutrition, and exercise.
- Pulmonary rehabilitation can reduce the number and length of hospital stays and increase the patient's chances of living longer. Pulmonary rehabilitation improves the likelihood of a successful outcome in a procedure to create a pneumostoma and maintain a pneumostoma after the procedure.
- the physician determines a suitable placement for the pneumostoma based upon the results of the lung scanning, patient anatomy and physical abilities of the patient. It is desirable that the patient be able to undertake the long-term management of the pneumostoma. Thus, it is important that the patient be able to comfortably view (with a mirror) and reach the location of the pneumostoma in order to clean the pneumostoma and insert or remove pneumostoma management devices. Other factors to consider in determining placement include the thickness of muscle and/or fat at the possible location sites, the disease state of the lung, any abnormal lung anatomy, and cosmetic considerations. Also, in planning the procedure the physician may choose one of several different approaches to the procedure.
- the pneumostomy procedure 212 may be performed.
- the pneumostomy procedure creates a pneumostoma as described with respect to FIGS. 1A-1C above.
- the goal of the procedure is to form a stable epithelialized channel through the chest wall connected with a cavity in the parenchymal tissue of the lung inside the visceral membrane with a seal between the visceral and parietal membranes surrounding the channel such as a pleurodesis.
- There are four different techniques for the pneumostomy procedure which differ primarily in the time and/or manner in which a pleurodesis is created.
- a pleurodesis is formed in a preliminary procedure and after one or more days, when the pleurodesis has developed, the pneumostoma is created utilizing a pneumostomy catheter in a second procedure.
- a pleurodesis is formed in an acute manner at the beginning of a procedure. After a short period, when the pleurodesis is secure, the pneumostoma is created using a pneumostomy catheter as a second step in the same procedure. (See FIGS. 5A-5C ).
- the pleurodesis is formed at the same time as the pneumostoma and does not require a separate step.
- the thoracic cavity is accessed to visualize the lung, the pneumostomy catheter is inserted into the lung and then the lung is secured to the channel through the chest wall creating a sealed anastomosis which matures into a pleurodesis after the procedure. (See FIGS. 6A-6C ).
- an instrument including the pneumostomy catheter is inserted percutaneously through the thoracic wall and into the lung.
- the pneumostomy catheter is then used to secure the lung to the channel through the chest wall creating a sealed anastomosis which matures into a pleurodesis after the procedure.
- FIGS. 7A-7C Each of these procedures is described in detail below.
- the patency of the channel is maintained in the immediate post-operative period utilizing a pneumostomy catheter. (See FIGS. 3A-3C ).
- the pneumostomy catheter is removed and replaced with a pneumostoma management device (PMD) (See FIGS. 8A-8B ).
- PMD pneumostoma management device
- the procedure it is important that the patient continues with pulmonary rehabilitation therapy 216 to maximize the benefit of the procedure and ensure compliance with the pneumostoma management protocols.
- the pneumostoma is inspected for injury and/or infection. Additionally, the pneumostoma is checked for continued patency. In some cases it may be necessary to intermittently reestablish the patency of the channel.
- spirometry testing may be used to monitor the benefits of the pneumostoma.
- a specialized pneumostomy catheter is utilized to create a cavity in the parenchymal tissue of the lung and maintain the patency of the channel through the chest wall into the lung in each technique.
- the pneumostomy catheter keeps the lung apposed to the interior of the thoracic wall to safely and properly allow the pneumonostomy to heal and form.
- the aperture and channel of the pneumostoma will conform to the exterior dimensions of the pneumostomy catheter.
- the pneumostomy catheter may be round, oval or another suitable shape that allows air flow while fitting within a desirable anatomical position.
- the pneumostomy catheter is used by the physician during the procedure to safely create the pneumonostomy channel through the chest wall and cavity in the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- the pneumostomy catheter secures the lung by means of an inflatable pneumoplasty balloon on the distal end of the catheter.
- the pneumoplasty balloon is inflated within the parenchymal tissue to create a chamber and engage the tissue.
- the pneumostomy catheter can be used to position the lung against the inner thoracic wall.
- the catheter will be placed under a slight tension by the physician in order to hold the lung up against the inner thoracic wall.
- a flange sliding on the catheter acts as the counterforce member to keep the lung and the device/pneumoplasty balloon apposed to the thoracic wall.
- the position of the catheter and pneumoplasty balloon and the apposition of the tissues guide the formation of the transthoracic pneumostoma.
- the proximal end of the device is that end that is closest to the user, typically an EMT, paramedic, surgeon, or emergency physician.
- the distal end of the device is that end closest to the patient or that is first inserted into the patient.
- the diameter of a catheter is often measured in “French Size” which is 3 times the diameter of a round catheter in millimeters (mm). For example, a 15 French catheter is 5 mm in diameter. The French size is designed to approximate the circumference of the catheter in mm and is often useful for catheters that have non-circular cross-sectional configurations.
- pneumostomy catheter 300 comprises a tube 302 having an atraumatic distal tip 304 .
- the tube may be from 5 to ten inches from length and is preferably between 6 and seven inches in length.
- the tube may be from one quarter to three quarters of an inch in diameter and is preferably between one quarter and one half an inch in diameter.
- a pneumoplasty balloon 306 is located adjacent distal tip 304 .
- An access flange 308 is connected by a collar 309 fitted around tube 302 and can slide up and down tube 302 . Markings 310 on tube 302 indicate the distance from tip 304 .
- a radio-marker or radiopaque material may be incorporated in the distal tip so that the tip may be visualized during insertion of the pneumostomy catheter.
- Tube 302 is also connected to an inflation tube 320 .
- a pilot balloon 322 At the proximal end of the inflation tube 320 is a pilot balloon 322 , a check valve 324 a coupling 326 and cap 328 .
- Coupling 326 is designed to receive a syringe so that air, water or saline may be injected through inflation tube 320 into pneumoplasty balloon 306 .
- Pilot balloon 322 is also connected to inflation tube 320 such that a physician may palpate pilot balloon 322 in order to gauge the level to which pneumoplasty balloon 306 is inflated.
- a contrast medium may be injected into the balloon during inflation so that the inflation of the balloon may be visualized fluoroscopically or using ultrasound.
- Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is preferably an elastic balloon made of silicone or its equivalent that has a low profile when not inflated.
- Pneumoplasty balloon 306 can alternatively be formed of a relatively inelastic material, such as polyurethane or its equivalent so that, upon injection of air water or saline, it takes on a fixed shape.
- pneumoplasty balloon 306 may be made of, impregnated with or coated with a material that promotes pleurodesis. For example use of a latex balloon, without another pleurodesis agent, can cause inflammation leading to pleurodesis.
- Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is designed to push aside the parenchymal tissues of the lung when inflated thereby creating a cavity within the parenchymal tissue.
- Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is also designed to anchor pneumostomy catheter 300 within the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- Alternative expanding devices may be used so long as they achieve these same functions.
- Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is formed as a tube, then assembled over tube 302 and sealed to tube 302 at a proximal seal 305 and distal seal 307 .
- Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is designed to be inflated within the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is designed to create a cavity with the parenchymal tissue.
- pneumoplasty balloon 306 is designed to anchor tube 302 within the lung.
- the diameter of pneumoplasty balloon 306 may be between three quarters of an inch and two inches in diameter and is preferably between one inch and one and a quarter inches in diameter
- FIG. 3B shows a sectional view of tube 302 along line B-B of FIG. 3A .
- Tube 302 has two lumens.
- Main lumen 330 which passes along the entire length of tube 302 and is open at the proximal end and distal end of tube 302 .
- Inflation lumen 332 is located on the side of tube 302 .
- Lumen 332 is open at a slit along most of the length of tube 302 .
- Inflation lumen 332 is connected to inflation tube 320 adjacent pneumoplasty balloon 306 .
- the distal tip of inflation tube 320 is secured into inflation lumen 332 and inflation tube 320 is removably received in the open portion of inflation lumen 332 . As shown in FIG.
- inflation lumen 332 is sealed. However, tube 302 is skived at location 336 between proximal seal 305 and distal seal 307 creating an aperture 338 penetrating into inflation lumen 332 .
- the aperture 338 allows air, water or saline to be forced into pneumoplasty balloon 306 from inflation lumen 332 .
- the components may be secured to each other using adhesive, welding, melting or other techniques appropriate to the materials to be secured.
- the pneumostomy catheter may be round, oval or another suitable shape that allows air flow while fitting within a desirable anatomical position.
- FIG. 3F shows a sectional view of an alternative tube 303 having an oval cross-section.
- the cross-sectional area of tube 303 and inflation lumen 330 is increased relative to tube 302 .
- the minor dimension of tube 303 is selected such that it will fit in the intercostal space.
- This oval tube 303 creates an oval pneumostoma allowing for the creation of a larger cross-section pneumostoma in the intercostal space than may be achieved using a round pneumostomy catheter.
- the other components of the pneumostomy catheter (such as flange 308 ) are shaped as necessary to accommodate oval tube 303 .
- FIG. 3G shows a sectional view of an alternative distal tip of a pneumostomy catheter 360 .
- tube 302 is necked down in the vicinity 362 of pneumoplasty balloon 306 .
- the necking down of tube 302 allows additional space for pneumoplasty balloon 306 in its deflated state. This is particularly useful for non-porous inelastic balloons which may be bulky when deflated.
- By necking down tube 302 towards the distal tip in region 362 the exterior profile of pneumoplasty balloon 306 when deflated approaches the diameter of the main length of tube 302 . This allows for easier insertion and removal of pneumostomy catheter 360 .
- access flange 308 is designed such that it may be secured against the skin of the chest of the patient and collar 309 may be secured to tube 302 thereby fixing tube 302 in position relative to the chest of the patient.
- Access flange 308 is slidable along the length of the tube 302 .
- the flange is designed to be positioned against the skin.
- the flange 308 can be sutured to the main shaft to secure the flange in position along the catheter or fixed in place by other means such as tape, adhesive, clips and staples and the like or by having a built-in securing mechanism, such as a cam, ratchet, lock or the like.
- the pneumostomy catheter 300 is designed to maintain a tension between the pneumoplasty balloon embedded in the lung and the thoracic wall. Once access flange 308 is secured to the main shaft, access flange 308 provides the necessary counterforce for the pneumoplasty balloon 306 . Access flange 308 may also be provided with an adhesive coating to temporarily secure the flange to the skin of the patient and thereby preclude accidental dislodgment of the catheter.
- the excess length of tube 302 can be trimmed.
- the inflation tube 320 prior to cutting the excess length of the tube 302 , the inflation tube 320 must be separated from the tube 302 in order to maintain the inflation of the pneumoplasty balloon 306 .
- the inflation tube 320 fits in lumen 332 of tube 302 .
- Lumen 332 has a tear-away feature that allows inflation tube 320 to be separated from tube 302 by pulling it through the slit in the inflation lumen along the excess length.
- the tube 302 can be trimmed safely.
- Inflation tube 320 with the check valve/pilot balloon assembly is wrapped around collar 309 of access flange 308 and taped down so as not to inconvenience the patient.
- a pneumostomy catheter with a percutaneous insertion tool so that the pneumostoma catheter can penetrate through the pleural membranes and the parenchymal tissue without previous incision or dissection.
- the percutaneous insertion tool is a device that permits the rapid deployment of the pneumostomy catheter through the parietal and visceral membranes into the lung.
- the insertion tool preferably prevents deflation of the lung by rapid deployment of the pneumostomy catheter and subsequent inflation of the pneumoplasty balloon.
- the percutaneous insertion tool may comprise a trocar, mandrel or the like designed to fit through the main lumen of the pneumostomy catheter and dissect tissue in a minimally traumatic way thereby allowing the pneumostomy catheter to penetrate the pleural membranes and enter the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- FIG. 3D shows a pneumostomy catheter 350 assembled with a percutaneous insertion tool 370 .
- Percutaneous insertion tool 370 is sized to fit through the main lumen of pneumostomy catheter 350 .
- a dissecting tip 372 of percutaneous insertion tool 370 protrudes beyond the distal tip of pneumostomy catheter 350 .
- Dissecting tip 372 is preferably a blunt dissecting tip that pushes tissue aside rather than cutting through tissue.
- a shoulder 374 engages the proximal end of pneumostomy catheter 350 such that dissecting tip 372 is correctly positioned relative to the distal tip of pneumostomy catheter 350 .
- the percutaneous insertion tool 370 has a handle 376 at the proximal end. The handle 376 is used by a physician to position the percutaneous insertion tool 370 .
- Pneumostomy catheter 350 is similar in design to pneumostomy catheter 300 of FIG. 3A .
- the pneumoplasty balloon 356 of pneumostomy catheter 350 is preferably low profile.
- tube 352 of pneumostomy catheter 350 is also preferably low profile such that the diameter of tube 352 is preferably only slightly greater than the diameter of dissecting tip 372 of percutaneous insertion tool 370 .
- the low profile of pneumoplasty balloon 356 and tube 352 facilitate the passage of pneumostomy catheter 350 into the parenchymal tissue of the lung following the dissecting tip 372 of percutaneous insertion tool 370 .
- balloon 356 is attached at its distal end inside main lumen 353 of tube 352 . This allows pneumostomy catheter 350 to have a lower profile at its distal end. This also allows the inflation profile of balloon 356 shown by dashed line 358 to overlap somewhat the position of dissecting tip 372 .
- FIG. 4A is a flowchart showing the steps of the two-phase pneumostomy technique.
- the two-phase technique is divided into two separate procedures.
- a pleurodesis is created at the site of each planned pneumostoma.
- the pleurodesis can be created using chemical methods including introducing into the pleural space irritants such as antibiotics (e.g. Doxycycline or Quinacrine), antibiotics (e.g. iodopovidone or silver nitrate), anticancer drugs (e.g. Bleomycin, Mitoxantrone or Cisplatin), cytokines (e.g. interferon alpha-2 ⁇ and Transforming growth factor- ⁇ ); pyrogens (e.g.
- antibiotics e.g. Doxycycline or Quinacrine
- antibiotics e.g. iodopovidone or silver nitrate
- anticancer drugs e.g. Bleomycin, Mitoxantrone or Cis
- a pleurodesis can also be created using surgical methods including pleurectomy.
- the pleural space may be mechanically abraded during thoracoscopy or thoracotomy. This procedure is called dry abrasion pleurodesis.
- a pleurodesis may also be created using radiotherapy methods, including radioactive gold or external radiation. These methods cause an inflammatory response and or fibrosis, healing, and fusion of the pleural membranes.
- the pleurodesis procedure is performed under local anesthetic as an out-patient procedure.
- the pleurodesis is created between the visceral membrane of the lung and the parietal membrane on the inner wall of the thoracic cavity.
- a small incision is made at the target location under local anesthesia.
- a catheter is introduced into the pleural cavity to deliver a pleurodesis agent to the localized area surrounding the target location.
- a guide-wire may optionally be used to guide the catheter or other delivery mechanism into the pleural cavity while avoiding perforation of the lung.
- the pleurodesis agent is preferably a solid, mesh or gel which can be localized to the target location.
- a device may be introduced through the incision to perform a pleurectomy of the target location by e.g. mechanical abrasion of the parietal membrane.
- Localized pleurodesis may be enhanced by insertion of an absorbable polyglactin mesh in combination with localized pleurodesis.
- the mesh may be anchored in place with a suture to the chest wall.
- the absorbable mesh also serves to reinforce the pleural membranes at the site of the pleurodesis which may be advantageous in the second phase of the technique.
- a pleurodesis may also be created at step 422 without entering the thoracic cavity or penetrating the parietal pleura.
- the physician makes a small incision to visualize the parietal membrane without penetrating the parietal membrane. Once the parietal membrane is exposed, an irritant is packed against the parietal membrane external to the pleural cavity. Over time the irritant causes inflammation of the parietal membrane and pleurodesis between pleural membranes.
- Pleurodesis agents may be utilized as described above.
- the location of the pleurodesis should either be recorded with respect to a stable anatomic feature, or marked on the skin of the patient (if the time between the first and second procedures is to be short).
- an implantable marker may be used that can be located fluoroscopically or under ultrasound.
- the mesh may be provided with markers including, for example, radiopaque fibers for radiographic imaging, or echogenic cavities for ultrasound imaging. Echogenic cavities may be readily formed when extruding polyglactin and can be incorporated in the polyglactin mesh used to help generate pleurodesis.
- markers such as RFID tags or metal components may be used which may be located from out side of the device with simple handheld devices, for example, RFID antenna and/or metal detector.
- the marker is preferably readily localized in order to guide placement of the channel for the pneumostoma in the second phase of the procedure.
- FIG. 4B illustrates the delivery of a mesh 450 through a delivery catheter 452 into the pleural cavity 140 between the visceral membrane 138 and parietal membrane 108 .
- catheter 452 is removed and the opening closed with a suture.
- a catheter or other device may be left in place to continue delivery of a pleurodesis-inducing agent until the pleurodesis is formed.
- Mesh 450 may be anchored in place with a suture and/or adhesive.
- the formation of a stable pleurodesis may take two or more days depending upon the method used.
- the second procedure of the first technique should not be performed until sufficient time has passed for the pleurodesis to be secure.
- FIG. 4C illustrates the formation of a stable pleurodesis. Note that in the localized region of pleurodesis 124 , the visceral membrane 138 is fused with the parietal membrane 108 and there is no longer pleural space 140 between the pleural membranes in the localized target area.
- the second procedure begins at step 426 .
- the patient is prepared using local anesthesia at the target site in addition to a sedative or general anesthesia.
- a chest tube may optionally be inserted into the pleural cavity in a standard manner.
- An incision is then opened over the pleurodesis at step 428 and the physician performs dissection to reach the parietal membrane.
- the physician may palpate and/observe the parietal membrane to verify the existence of a stable pleurodesis at the incision.
- the physician creates an incision through the fused parietal and visceral membranes within the pleurodesis.
- the incision should not leak air into the pleural cavity and the lung will remain inflated and pushed against the chest wall.
- the physician inserts the pneumostomy catheter 300 into the lung through the incision.
- the insertion may alternatively be accomplished using the percutaneous insertion tool 370 of FIGS. 3D-3E instead of making an incision.
- Pneumostomy catheter 300 should be inserted until the distal tip of the pneumostomy catheter and the entirety of pneumoplasty balloon 306 is located within the parenchymal tissue.
- 4D shows the pneumostomy catheter 300 correctly positioned through the chest wall 106 and passing through pleurodesis 124 so that the distal tip 304 of the pneumostomy catheter 300 and the entirety of deflated pneumoplasty balloon 306 is located within the parenchymal tissue 132 of lung 130 .
- the pneumostomy catheter 300 will likely fill the incision through chest wall 106 , the pneumostomy catheter is provided with markings 310 so that the physician may gauge the placement of the catheter 300 .
- the physician should measure the distance from the skin to the parietal membrane and then insert the catheter to the appropriate depth. The physician may conduct a dissection of the parenchymal tissue prior to insertion of the pneumostomy catheter—however, the parenchymal tissue is generally rather friable especially in patients with advanced COPD and so dissection may not be necessary. If a large incision in the pleural membranes was made then a purse-string suture should be made around the opening prior to incision of the catheter. The purse-string suture may be tightened after insertion of pneumostomy catheter 300 .
- a water-filled, saline-filled or air-filled syringe is connected to the coupling of the pneumostomy catheter and material is injected into the pneumoplasty balloon.
- the physician may palpate the pilot balloon 322 as a marker for pneumoplasty balloon inflation. Additionally, the amount of air, water or saline required to inflate the pneumoplasty balloon to the desired shape is relatively predictable.
- a contrast medium may be used to inflate the pneumostomy balloon thereby allowing the position and size of the balloon to be observed and verified, for example, with X-ray or ultrasound visualization.
- Inflation of pneumoplasty balloon 306 pushes aside parenchymal tissue 132 within lung 130 creating a cavity with the parenchymal tissue.
- the cavity should be approximately the same size and shape as pneumoplasty balloon 306 .
- the inflated pneumostomy balloon 306 secures the distal end of the pneumostomy catheter 300 within the parenchymal tissue of the lung 130 .
- the syringe is removed and the cap 328 inserted in coupling 326 .
- the incision through the chest wall is closed around the pneumostomy catheter using one or more sutures as necessary.
- a suture technique suitable for a straight incision is preferred over a, purse-string suture.
- Access flange 308 is then pushed against the skin of the chest wall.
- a slight tension is applied to the pneumostomy catheter 300 . In the event of air leakage around the incision, this tension will serve to occlude the leak and prevent a pneumothorax from developing.
- the collar 309 is fixed to tube 302 with, for example, a suture, a clamp, a hose clamp, locking collar, pin, and/or surgical tape.
- Access flange 308 is also secured to the skin of the patient. With access flange 308 pushed against the skin and secured, inflation tube 320 can be pulled out of the open portion of inflation lumen 332 of tube 320 up to the back of collar 309 . Tube 302 can then be shortened leaving enough length to connect main lumen 330 to a water seal. Inflation tube 320 is then wrapped around collar 309 and secured. The pneumostoma site is dressed and the patient provided with standard postoperative care.
- FIG. 4E illustrates pneumostomy catheter 300 , with the inflated pneumoplasty balloon 306 properly located within the parenchymal tissue 132 , the access flange 308 against the skin 114 of the chest 100 and the inflation tube 320 secured.
- FIG. 4F illustrates pneumostomy catheter 300 , with the inflated pneumoplasty balloon 306 properly located within the parenchymal tissue 132 , the access flange 308 against the skin 114 of the chest 100 and the tube 302 connected to a sealing device 460 . Access flange 308 may be temporarily secured to the skin of the patient using adhesive 470 .
- a right-angle adapter 462 is connected to the proximal end of tube 302 of pneumostomy catheter 300 .
- a flexible tube 464 connects right-angle adapter 464 to sealing device 460 .
- Right-angle adapter 462 reduces the profile/trajectory of tube 464 away from the chest 100 of the patient.
- Tube 464 may be taped or secured to the chest of the patient.
- Sealing device 460 may be secured to the patient but will more likely be secured bedside during the immediate postoperative period.
- sealing device 460 may comprise a water seal which maintains the outlet of a tube 466 under water 468 .
- the use of a water seal for sealing device 460 allows for direct observation of any air that may exit through tube 302 . Air exiting the lung via tube 302 is visible as bubbles leaving tube 466 and passing through water 468 .
- sealing device 460 may alternatively comprise any suitable sealing device including a Heimlich valve, flapper valve vacuum bottle and the like. After the immediate post-operative period, the sealing device 460 may be removed and pneumoplasty catheter 300 protected with a dressing or protective cover as shown, for example, in FIGS. 9D-9G .
- the patient may be discharged after a short period of observation so long as there is no evidence of air leakage into the pleural cavity and consequent pneumothorax. If a chest tube has been inserted, the chest tube may be removed when no gases are being expelled from the pleural cavity. The chest tube opening is closed and dressed after removing the chest tube. The pneumostoma catheter is left in place from seven days to two weeks as the pneumostoma heals. Air flow out through the main lumen 330 of pneumostomy catheter 300 is expected and is not an indicator of pneumothorax. It is, however, preferable to prevent air flow into the lung through the main lumen during the immediate postoperative.
- main lumen 330 may be sealed with a check valve, water seal or provided with slight vacuum.
- the patient may be observed on an outpatient basis during this period until the pneumostoma has healed.
- the dressing may be changed periodically and the pneumostoma observed to ensure that the pneumostomy catheter 300 is not disturbed and pneumoplasty balloon 306 remains inflated.
- the pneumostomy catheter 300 is removed and the pneumostoma is inspected.
- the physician will then confirm the size of the pneumostoma as preliminarily indicated by the markings 310 on the pneumostomy catheter 300 .
- the physician will then provide a pneumostoma management device (PMD) of the appropriate size.
- PMD pneumostoma management device
- FIG. 5A is a flowchart showing the steps of an accelerated two-phase pneumostomy technique.
- This pneumostomy technique is similar to the two-phase technique with the primary difference that the accelerated two-phase technique is performed as a single procedure. Because there is a limited time for the pleurodesis to form in this technique, different pleurodesis technology is utilized.
- the patient is prepared using local anesthesia at the target site in addition to a sedative or general anesthesia.
- a chest tube may optionally be inserted into the pleural cavity in a standard manner.
- an incision is opened at the target location and the physician performs dissection to expose the parietal membrane. A larger incision may be required than in the first technique to permit use of the acute pleurodesis technology.
- a material or device is delivered to the localized area surrounding the target location to create a seal between the visceral and parietal membranes in an acute manner.
- the seal is created in an acute manner between the pleural membranes using biocompatible glues, adhesive meshes or mechanical means such as clamps, staples, clips and/or sutures.
- biocompatible glues are available that may be used on the lung, including light-activatable glues, fibrin glues, cyanoacrylates and two part polymerizing glues.
- the application of energy such as RF energy may also be used to weld the visceral and parietal membranes to each other in an acute manner.
- the membranes are heated to an adequate temperature using the directed energy to sufficiently denature the collagen and/or other connective tissue fibers.
- the membranes are then pushed into contact allowing the partially denatured fibers of the parietal and visceral membrane to contact one another mingle and bind to each other.
- RF energy is used to denature the collagen fibers which are then pressed together using a vacuum device.
- the adhesive, mechanical seal or tissue weld preferably develops into a pleurodesis over time.
- One or more of the pleurodesis agents discussed above may be used in conjunction with the sealing agent in order to promote pleurodesis formation following the procedure.
- an incision 552 is created over an intercostal space 554 between ribs 107 .
- Dissection is used to expose the parietal membrane 108 .
- the visceral membrane 138 should be visible through the parietal membrane 108 .
- One or more retractors 550 may be used to aid visualization of the intercostal space 554 .
- a polyglactin mesh torus 556 may be coated with an adhesive and introduced between the visceral membrane 138 and the parietal membrane 108 as shown.
- an automated device 558 such as automated purse-string suturing device may be used to place a ring of suture 560 around the target site and mesh (see FIG. 5C ).
- a suitable automated purse-string suturing device may be found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,891,159 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- suture 560 may be placed by hand.
- tissue approximation devices such as tissue anchors, staples and clips may be used instead of or in addition to the adhesive and mesh in order to create an interpleural seal in an acute manner at the target location.
- tissue anchors such as tissue anchors, staples and clips
- the interpleural seal may be stable immediately or after a period of a few minutes.
- the physician palpates and/or observes the parietal membrane to verify the existence of a stable interpleural seal at the incision.
- the physician creates an incision through the parietal and visceral membranes within the sealed region. If the interpleural seal has been formed correctly, the incision should not leak significant amounts of air into the pleural cavity and the lung will remain inflated and pushed against the chest wall 106 .
- a purse-string suture may be placed by hand in the visceral membrane around the incision.
- the physician inserts the pneumostomy catheter 300 into the lung through the incision. The insertion may alternatively be accomplished using the percutaneous insertion tool 370 of FIGS. 3D-3E instead of making an incision.
- FIG. 5C illustrates the insertion of pneumostomy catheter 300 through the hole 557 in the center of polyglactin mesh torus 556 and through the parietal membrane 108 and visceral membrane 138 .
- a purse string suture may be placed in the visceral membrane in addition to any suture of anchoring device that may be introduced to hold the visceral membrane to the parietal membrane. Where a mesh is used, the mesh is provided with a central opening which constrains the aperture through the visceral membrane without the use of a purse-string suture.
- a purse-string suture may be useful around the opening in the visceral membrane.
- the purse-string suture 560 may be tightened prior to inflation of pneumoplasty balloon 306 .
- a saline, air or water-filled syringe is connected to the coupling of the pneumostomy catheter and the pneumoplasty balloon is inflated as in the first technique.
- the incision 552 through the chest wall is closed around the pneumostomy catheter 300 using one or more sutures as necessary.
- a suture technique suitable for a straight incision is preferred over a, purse-string suture.
- Flange 308 is then pushed against the skin of the chest and secured and dressed as in the two-phase technique. (See FIG. 4E and accompanying text).
- the patient is provided with the same postoperative treatment as with the two-phase technique.
- the pneumostomy catheter 300 is removed and the pneumostoma is inspected.
- the physician will then verify the size of the pneumostoma and provide a pneumostoma management device (PMD) of the appropriate size.
- PMD pneumostoma management device
- the two-phase pneumostomy techniques described in FIGS. 4A-4F and 5 A- 5 C and accompanying text may be performed, in whole or in part using a percutaneous approach.
- a catheter is introduced to the pleural cavity using a technique such as the Seldinger technique.
- a needle is passed percutaneously into the pleural cavity.
- a guidewire is placed into the pleural cavity through the needle.
- the needle is then removed.
- a catheter is then percutaneously introduced into the pleural cavity over the guidewire.
- the catheter is guided fluoroscopically to the desired position for creating a pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes.
- the catheter delivers an agent or device for forming an adhesion/pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes at the desired location.
- the device may be, for example, an adhesive, adhesive mesh, tissue welding device, pleurodesis agent or other agent or device for bonding the visceral and parietal membranes to each other in an acute manner.
- the pneumostomy catheter is introduced through the adhesion/pleurodesis into the lung.
- the introduction of the pneumostomy catheter may also be carried out percutaneously.
- the introduction of the pneumostomy catheter may be performed in as separate procedure (two-phase technique) or in the same procedure (accelerated two-phase technique) depending upon the technology used to form the adhesion/pleurodesis.
- a percutaneous catheter may be used to apply energy such as RF energy may to weld the visceral and parietal membranes to each other in an acute manner.
- the catheter is introduced to the pleural cavity using a technique such as the Seldinger technique and guided to the desired site of the pleurodesis using e.g. fluoroscopic visualization.
- the catheter then heats the membranes to an adequate temperature using directed energy to sufficiently denature the collagen and/or other connective tissue fibers.
- RF energy is used as the heat source.
- the catheter then applies vacuum to the parietal and visceral membranes, pushing them into contact, and allowing the partially denatured fibers of the parietal and visceral membrane to contact one another, mingle and bind to each other.
- FIG. 6A is a flowchart showing the steps of the single-phase pneumostomy technique.
- This technique is similar to the accelerated two-phase technique with the exception that no interpleural seal is created prior to entering the pleural space and lung. Because no preliminary interpleural seal is created the lung may deflate during the procedure resulting in a temporary pneumothorax.
- the technique 612 begins with the patient given a general anesthetic, intubated and ventilated via the other lung. A chest tube is inserted into the pleural cavity in a standard manner at a location away from the target area to assist with re-inflation of the lung after the procedure.
- an incision is opened at the target location and the physician performs dissection to expose the parietal membrane 108 .
- a larger incision may be required than in the first two techniques to permit access to the pleural cavity.
- a minithoracotomy may be performed, in other cases, a smaller rib resection may be used instead of a minithoracotomy. In other cases sufficient access may be obtained by retracting the ribs without resection.
- a small incision is made in the parietal membrane at the target location. The incision in the parietal membrane allows air to enter the pleural space causing the lung to shrink away from the parietal membrane 108 .
- a lung manipulation device is inserted through the incision to grasp the visceral membrane of the lung and approximate it to the opening in the parietal membrane.
- a pleurodesis agent may be applied between the visceral membrane and parietal membrane surrounding the opening at this time to promote pleurodesis after the procedure.
- FIG. 6B shows a minithoracotomy in which a section of a rib 107 has been resected to provide access to the pleural cavity 140 through an incision 650 .
- Dissection is used to expose the parietal membrane 108 .
- the parietal membrane 108 has been retracted around opening 650 to provide access to the lung 130 .
- One or more retractors 654 may be used to aid with visualization of the pleural cavity 140 .
- the lung 130 has pulled back from the parietal membrane because air has entered the pleural cavity 140 .
- a lung manipulation device 652 is therefore inserted through the opening 650 to manipulate the visceral membrane 138 of the surface of lung 130 .
- the lung manipulation device may be a blunt forceps or a suction device or similar tool designed to grip the visceral membrane without tearing the visceral membrane.
- One or more of the pleurodesis agents discussed above may be applied to the parietal membrane 108 or visceral membrane at this time to promote pleurodesis formation following the procedure.
- the physician may choose to secure the visceral membrane 108 to the parietal membrane 138 around the opening into the pleural cavity 140 .
- the lung manipulation device is used to approximate the visceral and parietal membranes.
- the visceral membrane is fixed to the parietal membrane using several sutures distributed around the perimeter of the opening in the parietal membrane.
- sutures are preferred, other materials and methods may be used, such as, e.g. adhesives, staples, clips, tissue anchors and the like.
- the physician creates a small incision through the visceral membrane.
- the surgeon may additionally put a purse-string suture around the site of the incision.
- the physician inserts the distal tip of the pneumostomy catheter 300 through the incision into the lung. If the visceral membrane was not secured to the parietal membrane at step 630 , it will be necessary to provide counter-pressure with the lung manipulation tool during introduction of the pneumostomy catheter 300 into the lung. As before, the pneumostomy catheter 300 should be inserted until the distal tip of the pneumostomy catheter 300 and the entirety of pneumoplasty balloon 306 is located within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. The purse-string suture may be tightened prior to inflation of pneumoplasty balloon 306 .
- a saline, water or air-filled syringe is connected to the coupling of the pneumostomy catheter 300 and the pneumoplasty balloon 306 is inflated as in the first technique.
- FIG. 6C illustrates a pneumostomy catheter 300 inserted through the visceral membrane 138 into the parenchymal tissue of lung 130 .
- a purse-string suture 656 is shown around the pneumostomy catheter 300 .
- the lung 130 shown in FIG. 6C was not fixed to the parietal membrane prior to insertion of pneumostomy catheter 300 .
- the pneumostomy catheter is secured within the lung by the pneumoplasty balloon and the purse-string suture, the visceral membrane may be approximated to the parietal membrane during the closing of the opening.
- the incision through the chest wall is closed around the pneumostomy catheter using one or more sutures as necessary. If the pleural membranes were not previously secured to one another, the visceral membrane is drawn into contact with the parietal membrane using the pneumostomy catheter 300 .
- flange 308 is pushed against the skin of the chest wall and secured as in the two-phase technique. (See FIG. 4E and accompanying text). Slight tension is applied to the pneumostomy catheter 300 prior to securing flange 308 to ensure that the pleural membranes are in good contact with each other. The pneumostoma site is dressed.
- the chest should be sealed and there should be little air leaking into the pleural cavity at the site of the pneumostomy catheter. However, some air may continue to leak until a pleurodesis forms between the visceral and parietal membranes surrounding the pneumostomy catheter.
- the chest drain should therefore be left in to apply negative pressure to the pleural cavity to re-inflate and then maintain the inflation of the lung until there is no longer any leakage into the pleural cavity. This may take from one to three days. After any air leakage into the pleural cavity is resolved, the chest tube is removed. The pneumostomy catheter is left in place from one to two weeks while the pneumostoma heals as in the two-phase pneumostomy techniques.
- the procedure may also be performed in a less invasive fashion by entering the pleural cavity through the intercostal space and retracting the ribs rather than removing a section of rib.
- the procedure may also be performed using a minimally invasive approach under thorascopic guidance.
- the patient is provided with the same postoperative treatment as with the two-phase pneumostomy techniques.
- the pneumostomy catheter is removed and the pneumostoma is inspected.
- the physician will then verify the size of the pneumostoma and provide a pneumostoma management device (PMD) of the appropriate size.
- PMD pneumostoma management device
- FIG. 7A is a flowchart showing the steps of a percutaneous single-phase pneumostomy technique.
- This pneumostomy technique is similar to the accelerated two-phase technique with the primary difference that no prior pleurodesis is formed. Because no pleurodesis is formed in this technique, different technology is utilized to deliver the pneumostomy catheter into the lung.
- the pneumostomy catheter is assembled with a percutaneous insertion tool and delivered into the parenchymal tissue of the lung through the pleural cavity. Tension on the pneumostomy catheter after the balloon is inflated serves to hold the visceral and parietal pleural membranes in opposition and seal any leakage during pneumostoma formation.
- a chest tube may be inserted prior to the procedure in order to extract any air that may leak into the pleural cavity during the procedure.
- the patient is prepared using local anesthesia at the target site in addition to a sedative or general anesthesia.
- a chest tube is preferably inserted into the pleural cavity as a prophylactic measure.
- an incision is opened at the target location and the physician performs dissection to expose the parietal membrane.
- a material or device may be optionally delivered to the localized area surrounding the target location to promote pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes after the procedure.
- One or more of the pleurodesis agents discussed above may be used in order to promote pleurodesis formation following the procedure however it is not expected that the pleurodesis will form during the procedure itself.
- the physician assembles the pneumostomy catheter 350 with the percutaneous insertion tool 370 as described in FIGS. 3D and 3E and accompanying text.
- the physician inserts the pneumostomy catheter 350 into the lung through the parietal and visceral membranes using the percutaneous insertion tool 370 .
- the pneumostomy catheter 350 should be inserted until the distal tip of the pneumostomy catheter 350 and the entirety of pneumoplasty balloon 356 are located within the parenchymal tissue.
- FIG. 7B illustrates the insertion of pneumostomy catheter 350 through the parietal membrane 108 and visceral membrane 138 through the pleural cavity 140 .
- step 736 after pneumoplasty balloon 356 is located within the parenchymal tissue 132 the pneumoplasty balloon 356 is inflated as in the first technique.
- the percutaneous insertion tool 370 is removed from the main lumen of pneumostomy catheter 350 (this step may alternatively be performed before balloon inflation).
- step 738 after the pneumoplasty balloon 356 is inflated, flange 308 is pushed against the skin of the chest as shown in FIG. 7C . Tension is applied to tube 352 of pneumostomy catheter 350 drawing the lung 130 towards thoracic wall 106 and bringing the parietal membrane 108 and visceral membrane 138 into contact.
- the contact between the parietal membrane 108 and visceral membrane 138 should reduce or eliminate any air leak around tube 352 . Moreover, the contact between the parietal membrane 108 and visceral membrane 138 should mature into a pleurodesis during the postoperative period.
- the balloon 356 and tube 352 may be coated and/or impregnated with a pleurodesis agent to promote the formation of the pleurodesis. After the tension is applied to tube 352 , pneumostomy catheter 350 is secured and dressed as in the two-phase technique. (See FIG. 4E and accompanying text).
- the patient is provided with the same postoperative treatment as with the two-phase technique.
- the pneumostomy catheter 350 is removed and the pneumostoma is inspected.
- the physician will then verify the size of the pneumostoma and provide a pneumostoma management device (PMD) of the appropriate size.
- PMD pneumostoma management device
- additional tools or devices may be used at step 724 to stabilize the parietal and visceral membranes in the region surrounding the target location for the pneumostoma.
- Such tools and/or device may be used to stabilize the visceral and parietal membranes before insertion of the pneumostomy catheter 350 . They may optionally remain in place after insertion of the pneumostomy catheter 350 .
- the devices may be implantable and/or absorbable such that they may be left in place and be absorbed by the body over time.
- FIG. 7D shows an example of a lung retraction tool 740 inserted percutaneously through thoracic wall 106 into the lung 130 prior to insertion of the pneumostomy catheter 350 .
- Retraction tool 740 comprises a thin tubular shaft 742 in which is received a rod 744 .
- At the proximal end of shaft 742 is mounted an actuator 746 . Operation of actuator 746 generates reciprocal movement of rod 744 and shaft 742 .
- Anchor 748 At the distal end of shaft 742 is mounted an anchor 748 .
- Anchor 748 has a first low-profile configuration (not shown) in which it has approximately the same diameter as shaft 742 .
- Anchor 748 may be readily introduced percutaneously into the lung in this first low-profile configuration.
- actuator 746 is operated to move rod 744 within shaft 742 .
- the movement of rod 744 relative to shaft 742 cause anchor 748 to reconfigure into a second configuration (as shown) in which it extends laterally from the diameter of shaft 742 . In this second configuration (as shown), anchor 748 is designed to engage the visceral membrane 138 of the lung 130 .
- a slight tension may be applied to lung retraction tool 740 to draw visceral membrane 138 into contact with parietal membrane 108 .
- Lung retraction tool 740 may then be secured into position using a locking flange 747 mounted on shaft 742 .
- Lung retraction tool 740 is preferably positioned laterally displaced and adjacent the target site for the pneumostoma in the same intercostal space.
- a second lung retraction tool 740 may be positioned on the other side of the target site with sufficiency space between the lung retraction tools for introduction of pneumostomy catheter 350 .
- the anchor 748 is returned to the first low-profile configuration and the lung retraction tool(s) is(are) removed.
- FIG. 7E shows an example of a lung anchor 750 inserted percutaneously through thoracic wall 106 into the lung 130 prior to insertion of the pneumostomy catheter 350 .
- Lung anchor 750 comprises an elongate body 752 .
- anchor head 758 At the distal end of body 752 is anchor head 758 .
- a plurality of barbs 754 oriented so as to prevent distal movement of elongate body 752 through tissue in the direction of anchor head 758 .
- Lung anchor 750 is inserted into a thin walled needle/cannula 760 for insertion through the chest wall. Needle/cannula 760 holds anchor head 758 in a low profile configuration during introduction into lung 130 . When anchor head 758 is correctly positioned within the lung 130 , needle/cannula 760 is withdrawn. Anchor head 758 springs into a wide profile configuration designed to engage the visceral membrane of the lung—see anchor head 758 a. After needle/cannula has been withdrawn, barbs 754 are also able to engage the tissue of chest wall 130 . As light tension may be applied to elongate body 752 to draw visceral membrane 138 into contact with parietal membrane 108 .
- Barbs 754 engage the tissue of chest wall 130 to maintain the tension in elongate body 752 .
- One or more lung anchors 750 may be introduced adjacent the target site for the pneumostoma in the same intercostal space to stabilize the visceral and parietal membranes during insertion of pneumostomy catheter 350 .
- Lung anchor 750 may be made from biocompatible metals and/or polymers.
- lung anchor 750 may be made from a superelastic metal, for example NITINOL.
- lung anchor 750 maybe made of an absorbable material, for example polyglactin. Where the anchoring device is made of an absorbable material it may be left in place and absorbed following the introduction and securing or pneumostomy catheter 350 .
- FIGS. 7F-7H illustrate an alternative lung anchor 778 which may be used to stabilize the visceral membrane 138 and parietal membrane 108 prior to and during the pneumostomy procedure.
- lung anchor 778 is implanted with an applicator 770 .
- Applicator 770 has a thin tubular shaft 772 in which is received lung anchor 778 .
- Shaft 772 is inserted percutaneously until lung anchor 778 is correctly positioned.
- At the proximal end of shaft 772 is mounted an actuator 776 . Operation of actuator 776 operates to eject lung anchor 778 from shaft 772 into tissue adjacent the distal end of shaft 772 in the manner of a surgical staple or clip applier.
- Actuator 776 is then removed leaving the lung anchor in position to stabilize the parietal membrane 108 and visceral membrane 138 —see deployed anchor 778 a of FIG. 7F .
- On or more lung anchors 778 are preferably positioned laterally displaced and adjacent the target site for the pneumostoma in the same intercostal space prior to the pneumostomy procedure.
- FIG. 7G shows an enlarged view of lung anchor 778 .
- Lung anchor 778 includes a longitudinal body 780 , a first set of retainers 782 and a second set of retainers 784 .
- the retainers 782 , 784 lie flat against the body 780 in the undeployed configuration.
- the lung anchor is place in applicator 770 in this undeployed configuration.
- After insertion into the tissue retainers 782 , 784 move away from body 780 to engage tissue as shown in FIG. 7G .
- FIG. 7H shows a lung anchor 778 a with retainers 782 , 784 in the deployed configuration.
- Retainers 782 , 784 are oriented in opposite directions so that one set of retainers may engage the parietal membrane 108 and the other set may engage the visceral membrane 138 and thereby secure the two pleural membranes to one another.
- lung anchor 778 may be mechanically constrained in the undeployed configuration by tubular shaft 772 such that, when released, retainers 782 , 784 spring out into the deployed configuration.
- lung anchor 778 may be formed of a shape memory polymer or metal such that upon insertion into the tissue, the material of the anchor transitions from the undeployed configuration 778 ( FIG. 7G ) to the stored deployed configuration 778 a ( FIG. 7H ).
- Lung anchor 778 may be made from biocompatible metals and/or polymers.
- lung anchor 778 may be made from a superelastic metal, for example NITINOL.
- lung anchor 778 maybe made of an absorbable material, for example polyglactin. Where the anchoring device is made of an absorbable material it may be left in place and absorbed following the pneumostomy procedure.
- a pneumostoma may be created to treat the symptoms of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
- a patient is typically provided with a pneumostoma management system to protect the pneumostoma and keeps the pneumostoma open on a day-to-day basis.
- a pneumostoma management device (“PMD”) comprises a tube which is inserted into the pneumostoma and an external component which is secured to the skin of the patient to keep the tube in place. Gases escape from the lung through the tube and are vented external to the patient.
- the pneumostoma management device may, in some, but not all cases, include a filter which only permits gases to enter or exit the tube.
- the pneumostoma management device may, in some, but not all cases, include a one-way valve which allows gases to exit the lung but not enter the lung through the tube.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrate application of a pneumostoma management device (“PMD”) 800 to a pneumostoma 110 formed in accordance with a pneumostomy procedure of the present invention.
- PMD 800 includes a chest mount 802 which may be mounted to the chest 100 of the patient and a pneumostoma vent 804 which is fitted to the chest mount 802 .
- Pneumostoma vent 804 is mounted through an aperture 824 in chest mount 802 .
- Chest mount 802 has a first coupling that engages a second coupling of the pneumostoma vent to releasably secure the pneumostoma vent 804 to the chest mount 802 .
- a patient will typically wear a PMD at all times after formation of the pneumostoma and thus the materials should meet high standards for biocompatibility.
- a pneumostoma management device and system for use with such a pneumostoma management device is described in provisional patent application 61/032,877 entitled “Pneumostoma Management System And Methods For Treatment Of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease” filed Feb. 29, 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Pneumostoma vent 804 includes a tube 840 sized and configured to fit within the channel of pneumostoma 110 .
- Tube 840 is stiff enough that it may be inserted into pneumostoma 110 without collapsing. Tube 840 may be round, oval or some other shape depending on the shape of the pneumostoma. Over time a pneumostoma may constrict and the PMD 800 is designed to preserve the patency of the channel 120 of pneumostoma 110 by resisting the natural tendency of the pneumostoma to constrict.
- Pneumostoma vent 804 includes a cap 842 and a hydrophobic filter 848 over the proximal end of tube 840 . Hydrophobic filter 848 is positioned and mounted such that material passing in and out of pneumostoma 110 through tube 840 of pneumostoma vent 804 must pass through hydrophobic filter 848 .
- Tube 840 of pneumostoma vent 804 is sufficiently long that it can pass through the thoracic wall 106 and into the cavity 122 of a pneumostoma inside the lung 130 .
- Pneumostoma vent 804 is not however so long that it penetrates so far into the lung 130 that it causes injury.
- the length of tube 840 required for a pneumostoma vent 804 varies significantly between different pneumostomas.
- a longer tube 840 is usually required in patients with larger amounts of body fat on the chest.
- a longer tube 840 is usually required where the pneumostoma is placed in the lateral position 112 rather than the frontal position 110 . Because of the variation in pneumostomas, pneumostoma vents 804 are manufactured having tubes 840 in a range of sizes.
- Tube 840 may be from 30 to 180 mm in length and from 5 mm to 20 mm in diameter depending on the size of a pneumostoma.
- a typical tube 840 may be between 40 mm and 100 mm in length and between 8 mm and 12 mm in diameter.
- the physician should gauge the size of the pneumostoma that has been created for the particular patient and provide a pneumostoma vent 804 having a tube 840 of appropriate length for the pneumostoma.
- the markings on the side of the pneumostomy catheter 300 may also assist the physician in determining the approximate length of pneumostoma vent 804 .
- chest mount 802 is first positioned over a pneumostoma and secured with adhesive to the skin 114 of the patient.
- Chest mount 802 may be positioned by manual alignment of the aperture 824 of chest mount 802 with the aperture of the pneumostoma 110 .
- a pneumostoma vent 804 or an alignment tool may be used to help align the chest mount 802 .
- FIG. 8B the low profile of chest mount 802 allows it to be inconspicuously positioned on the chest 100 of a patient in either of the frontal 110 or lateral 112 locations illustrated in FIG. 1A .
- Cap 842 of pneumostoma vent 804 is received in a recess in chest mount 802 such that tube 840 is secured inside the channel 120 of the pneumostoma 110 .
- the removal of the pneumostomy catheter 300 and application of the first PMD 800 will be performed by the physician. However, the patient will subsequently be responsible for applying and removing the chest mount 802 and the insertion, removal and disposal of pneumostoma vent 804 .
- the pneumostoma management device 800 is preferably provided as part of a system which assists the patient in utilizing the chest mount and pneumostoma vent and keeping the pneumostoma clean and free of irritation/infection while trapping sputum, mucous and other discharge.
- the patient will exchange one pneumostoma vent 804 for another and dispose of the used pneumostoma vent 804 .
- Pneumostoma vent 804 will be replaced periodically, such as daily, or when necessary.
- the patient will be provided with a supply of pneumostoma vents 804 of the appropriate size by a medical practitioner or by prescription. Chest mount 802 will also be replaced periodically, such as weekly, or when necessary. The patient will also be provided with a supply of chest mount 802 by a medical practitioner or by prescription. A one week supply of pneumostoma vent 804 (such as seven pneumostoma vents 804 ) may be conveniently packaged together with one chest mount 802 . Pneumostoma management devices of different design as discussed in the previously referenced patent applications may also be used.
- FIGS. 9A-E show alternative pneumostomy instruments for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention.
- the instruments have an expanding mechanism (such as a balloon) for creating a cavity in the parenchymal tissue of the lung thereby engaging the parenchymal tissue and allowing the lung to be drawn towards the thoracic wall.
- the instruments have a tube connected to the expanding mechanism for drawing the expanding mechanism towards the chest wall and having a lumen to connect to the cavity in the parenchymal tissue.
- the instruments have a securing mechanism (such as a sliding flange) for securing the position of the expanding mechanism after applying tension to the tube.
- the function of the various components can be achieved in a variety of ways.
- FIGS. 9A and 9B show different sectional views an alternative pneumostomy instrument 900 having an outer tube 902 and an inner tube 904 in a coaxial relationship.
- the inner tube is 904 connected to the outer tube 902 at the proximal end of the instrument by a fitting 906 .
- An inflation lumen 908 is defined by the space between the inner tube 904 and outer tube 906 .
- the inflation lumen 908 is sealed at the proximal end of the instrument 900 by the fitting 906 .
- the inner tube 904 protrudes beyond the end of the outer tube 906 .
- An inflatable pneumoplasty balloon 910 is connected between the end of the inner tube 904 and the end of the outer tube 906 as shown in FIG.
- FIG. 9A shows a sectional view of pneumostomy instrument 900 along the line B-B of FIG. 9A .
- FIG. 9B shows outer tube 902 , inner tube 904 , inflation lumen 908 and main lumen 914 .
- Pneumostomy instrument 900 is used in the same way as pneumostomy catheter 300 of FIGS.
- pneumostomy instrument 900 has no facility to be shortened after the pneumostomy procedure.
- Pneumostomy instrument 900 may also be used with a percutaneous insertion instrument 370 as shown in FIGS. 3D-3E .
- FIG. 9C shows a perspective view of an alternative pneumostomy instrument 920 that uses an expanding pneumoplasty mechanism instead of a pneumoplasty balloon.
- the expanding pneumoplasty mechanism 922 comprises a polymer skin 924 covering a flexible expanding cage formed of six bars 926 .
- the distal end of each bar 926 is fixed to the distal end of inner tube 928 adjacent atraumatic distal tip 931 .
- the proximal end of each bar 926 is fixed to the distal end of outer tube 930 .
- Outer tube 930 is received over inner tube 928 and can slide relative to inner tube 928 .
- Inner tube 928 comprises a main lumen 929 which runs from the proximal end to the distal end of pneumostomy instrument 920 .
- Expanding pneumoplasty mechanism 922 is expanded by turning nut 932 clockwise which drives nut 932 and outer tube 930 distally relative to inner tube 928 .
- bars 926 which are initially approximately parallel to inner tube 928 , bend outwards from inner tube 928 as shown.
- the bars 926 push polymer skin 924 outwards in the ball shape shown.
- Nut 932 may be provided with a stop to indicate when the expanding pneumoplasty mechanism 922 is fully expanded.
- Nut 932 may also be provided with a safety lock, such as a ratchet which locks the nut in position until removal of the pneumoplasty instrument is desired.
- Pneumostomy instrument 920 includes an access flange 934 which slides on the exterior of outer tube 930 for engaging the chest of the patient. However, as shown in FIG. 9C , access flange 934 is also driven by a nut 936 which rides on threads 938 on the exterior of outer tube 930 . Turning nut 936 clockwise drives access flange 934 distally thereby drawing the expanding pneumoplasty mechanism 922 closer towards the chest wall. Nut 936 may also be provided with a safety lock, such as a ratchet which locks the nut in position until removal of the pneumoplasty instrument is desired. Access flange 934 and its driving and locking mechanism may be substituted for access flange 912 or access flange 308 .
- Pneumostomy instrument 920 is used in the same way as pneumostomy catheter 300 of FIGS. 3A through 3C with the exceptions that expansion of expanding pneumoplasty mechanism 922 is by turning nut 932 rather than inflating a balloon and positioning of access flange 934 is by turning nut 936 rather then sliding and suturing. Pneumostomy instrument 920 may also be used with a percutaneous insertion instrument 370 as shown in FIGS. 3D-3E .
- FIGS. 9D and 9E show sectional and perspective views respectively of a post-operative protective cover 940 .
- Protective cover 940 includes dome 942 which is specially-shaped to protect the exterior components of the pneumostomy catheter 300 during the post-operative period in which a pneumostoma is healing.
- dome 942 is pear-shaped to accommodate the pilot balloon 322 , check valve 324 and cap 328 .
- Flange 308 is shaped to fit snugly within cover 940 and thus is also pear-shaped. The contact between the inside edge of dome 942 and the raised lip 950 of flange 308 effectively seals the space between dome 942 and flange 308 .
- Dome 942 should be relatively low-profile and smooth so as not to restrict movement of the patient or interfere with the patient's clothing.
- Protective cover 940 has two clips 944 for engaging access flange 308 .
- Each of clips 944 comprises a catch 946 for engaging a detent in raised lip 950 of flange 308 .
- Each of clips 944 also has a release lever 948 for disengaging catch 946 from flange 308 .
- protective cover 940 can be clipped to flange 308 by pushing clips 944 into position over raised lip 950 .
- Protective cover 940 is released by squeezing lever arms 948 towards dome 942 .
- protective cover 940 may be releasably secured to flange 308 using other suitable mechanisms or by a releasable adhesive.
- protective cover 940 may be secured to the chest 100 of the patient directly as shown in FIGS. 9F-9G .
- Dome 942 is preferably made of a stiff hydrophobic material such that when protective cover 940 is in position over pneumostomy catheter 300 , protective cover 940 prevents entry of water or other foreign matter into tube 302 . Dome 942 is also designed to capture any discharge from tube 302 . Dome 942 is also preferably porous either in whole or in part to allow air to circulate and pass in and out of tube 302 .
- Protective cover 940 is a disposable component—like a dressing—and will typically be removed and exchanged for a replacement every day or few days as required.
- FIGS. 9F and 9G shows sectional and perspective views respectively of an alternative post-operative protective cover 960 .
- Protective cover 960 is similar in shape and function to protective cover 940 , however, protective dome 960 attaches directly to the skin of the patient rather than to the flange of the pneumostomy catheter 300 .
- Protective cover 960 includes dome 962 which is specially-shaped to protect the exterior components of the pneumostomy catheter 300 during the post-operative period in which a pneumostoma is healing.
- dome 962 is pear-shaped and defines a cavity 964 sized to accommodate the tube 302 , pilot balloon 322 , check valve 324 , flange 308 and cap 328 of pneumostomy catheter 300 .
- dome 962 is coated with an adhesive 966 , such as a hydrocolloid adhesive, to attach cover 960 to the chest 100 of the patient.
- an adhesive 966 such as a hydrocolloid adhesive
- Dome 962 should be relatively low-profile and smooth so as not to restrict movement of the patient or interfere with the patient's clothing during the postoperative period.
- Dome 962 is preferably made of a stiff hydrophobic material such that when protective cover 960 is in position over pneumostomy catheter 300 , protective cover 960 prevents entry of water or other foreign matter into tube 302 . Dome 962 is also designed to capture any discharge form tube 302 . Dome 962 is also preferably porous either in whole or in part to allow air to circulate and pass in and out of tube 302 .
- Protective cover 960 is a disposable component—like a dressing—and will typically be removed and exchanged for a replacement every day or every few days as required.
- FIGS. 10A-10F show views of an alternate pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- FIGS. 10A-10C show pneumostomy instrument 1000 in its expanded position in which the pneumostomy instrument is configured to secure the lung of a patient.
- FIGS. 10D-10F show pneumostomy instrument 1000 in its expanded position in which the pneumostomy instrument is configured during insertion to and removal from the lung.
- FIG. 10A shows a perspective view of pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- FIG. 10B shows a sectional view of pneumostomy instrument 1000 and
- FIG. 10C shows an enlarged sectional view of the distal end of pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- pneumostomy instrument 1000 comprises a tube 1002 having at the distal end an expanding basket 1010 and having a proximal structure 1020 .
- the tube 1002 is between five and ten inches in length and is preferably between six and seven inches in length.
- the tube may be from one quarter to three quarters of an inch in diameter and is preferably 3 ⁇ 8 of an inch in diameter.
- the tube has a lumen 1003 .
- the tube is made from e.g. c-flex 50A).
- c-flex 50A biocompatible thermoplastic elastomers
- the relatively soft material of the tube 1002 allows the tube 1002 to fold over outside the body in order that it may be secured during the immediate postoperative period. Reinforcing features may be added to tube 1002 to increase its column strength and tensile strength. However, it is preferred that the reinforcement does not prevent the tube 1002 from bending.
- tube 1002 may be embedded in tube 1002 or otherwise affixed the tube 1002 in order to increase the tensile strength while still permitting bending.
- tube 1002 may be spiral wound with wire (or be embedded with said wire) to increase its column strength while still permitting bending.
- the material of the expanding basket 1010 is selected such that it can maintained the desired expanded profile when positioned within the lung but can be safely returned to a low profile for extraction.
- the harder durometer material of the basket allows it to maintain its expanded shape in the lung.
- the expanding basket 1010 is made from a harder durometer material, for example c-flex (e.g. c-flex 90A) than the tube (e.g. c-flex 50A).
- c-flex e.g. c-flex 90A
- the tube e.g. c-flex 50A
- other thermoplastic elastomers may be used.
- the expanding basket 1010 may also be covered with a thin elastic covering that allows for expansion and collapse of the basket for example an elastic balloon material. See, for example, polymer skin 924 covering the flexible expanding cage in FIG. 9C .
- the covering would assist the expanding basket 1010 in pushing aside parenchymal tissue of the lung during expansion of the basket. The covering would thus assist anchoring of the expanding basket 1010 within the lung while facilitating later removal of expanding basket after the pneumostoma has formed.
- the thin covering may also extend along the length of tube 1002 to maintain a uniform outside diameter and to help with stabilization of the tube 1002 . As shown in FIG. 10A , pneumostomy instrument 1000 is provided with a mandrel 1040 .
- Mandrel 1040 includes an elongated member 1042 adapted to fit through tube 1002 into expanding basket 1010 .
- the distal tip 1046 of mandrel 1042 is adapted to engage expanding basket 1010 and stretch it into a linear configuration suitable for insertion and removal of the instrument.
- the mandrel also imparts extra stiffness to pneumostomy instrument 1000 during insertion and removal.
- Mandrel 1040 has a luer fitting 1048 attached to the proximal end. Luer fitting 1048 engages the female luer fitting 1026 to secure mandrel 1040 within pneumostomy instrument 1000 during insertion and removal.
- Mandrel 1040 may be provided with a radio marker, radiopaque or echogenic material incorporated in the distal tip 1046 so that the tip may be visualized during insertion of the pneumostomy instrument.
- pneumostomy instrument 1000 may also be provided with an access flange 1050 .
- Access flange 1050 is designed such that it may be secured against the skin of the chest of the patient and collar 1052 may be secured to tube 1002 thereby fixing tube 1002 in position relative to the chest of the patient.
- Access flange 1052 is slidable along the length of the tube 1002 .
- the flange 1052 is designed to be positioned against the skin.
- the flange 1050 can be sutured to tube 1002 to secure the flange in position along the catheter or fixed in place by other means such as tape, adhesive, clips and staples and the like or by having a built-in securing mechanism, such as a cam, ratchet, lock or the like.
- the flange 1052 is designed to maintain a tension between the expanding basket 1010 embedded in the lung and the thoracic wall. Once access flange 1050 is secured to tube 1002 , access flange 1050 provides the necessary counterforce for the expanding basket 1010 .
- Access flange 1050 may also be provided with an adhesive coating 1054 to temporarily secure the flange 1050 to the skin of the patient and thereby preclude accidental dislodgment of the catheter.
- FIG. 10C shows a sectional view of expanding basket 1010 .
- Expanding basket 1010 comprises an outer section 1012 and an inner section 1014 .
- Outer section 1012 has a proximal tube 1011 and a distal tube 1013 connected by a plurality of expanding elements 1016 .
- Proximal tube 1011 is bonded to tube 1002 .
- Distal tube 1013 end in distal aperture 1018 .
- side apertures may also be provided in distal tube 1013 and or proximal tube 1011 .
- Expanding elements 1016 are shaped such that they extend radially from the long axis of expanding basket 1010 . Expanding elements are formed in the expanded configuration.
- Outer section 1012 is butt joined to the distal end of tube 1002 .
- Expanding basket 1010 may be provided with a radio marker, radiopaque or echogenic material incorporated in the distal tip 1046 so that the tip may be visualized during insertion of the pneumostomy instrument. Expanding basket 1010 is designed to push aside the parenchymal tissues of the lung when expanded thereby creating a cavity within the parenchymal tissue. Expanding basket 1010 is also designed to anchor pneumostomy catheter 1000 within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. Alternative expanding devices may be used so long as they achieve these same functions.
- Inner section 1014 is generally tubular and fits within proximal tube 1011 and distal tube 1013 of outer section 1012 .
- inner section 1014 is a hollow metal tube having a reduced diameter tip 1017 .
- Inner section 1014 is bonded to distal tube 1013 .
- Inner section 1014 also has a plurality of barbs 1015 for securing inner section 1014 to distal tube 1013 .
- Inner section 1014 is slidingly received within proximal tube 1011 .
- a length of suture 1004 is fixed to the proximal end of inner section 1014 .
- Suture 1004 may be used to secure inner section 1014 in the position shown in FIG. 10C .
- Suture 1004 runs through the lumen 1003 of tube 1004 and out through proximal structure 1020 .
- two stops 1006 and 1007 are crimped and/or UV-bonded to suture 1004 .
- the distal stop 1007 is responsible for limiting the pull or throw of the suture, preventing the physician from over expanding the basket.
- the proximal stop 1006 is used to assure the basket stays expanded while in place in the body.
- the proximal end of suture 1004 is securely fixed to a pull-ring 1028 which helps the physician or user grasp and pull the suture.
- FIG. 10B shows a sectional view of proximal structure 1020 .
- the distal end of inner section 1014 and section 1012 (as shown in FIG. 10C ) suture 1004 runs through the lumen 1003 .
- Proximal structure 1020 includes a plastically Y-connector 1022 .
- the distal end of Y-connector 1022 is bonded to the proximal end of tube 1002 with a UV-cured adhesive.
- the straight arm 1021 of the Y-connector 1022 is attached to a high flow female luer fitting 1026 with a UV-cured adhesive.
- the side arm 1023 of the Y-connector is attached to a Tuohy Borst connector (Tuohy) 1024 .
- Tuohy Tuohy Borst connector
- Suture 1004 passes through the Tuohy 1024 .
- Stop 1006 is sized such that when Tuohy 1024 is open it may pass through grommet 1023 . However, when Tuohy 1024 is closed (as shown in FIG. 10B ) stop 1006 may not pass through grommet 1023 . Stop 1007 is too large to pass into Tuohy 1024 .
- FIGS. 10D-10F show views of pneumostomy instrument 1000 configured for introduction or removal from the lung of a patient.
- mandrel 1040 has been inserted into pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- the luer fitting 1048 of mandrel 1040 has been secured to female luer 1026 of pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- the insertion of mandrel 1040 has caused expanding head 1010 to assume a reduced diameter configuration in which expanding elements 1016 are substantially flush with the surface of proximal tube 1011 and distal tube 1013 .
- mandrel 1040 passes through female luer 1026 , through lumen 1003 of tube 1002 and into inner section 1014 of expanding basket 1010 .
- Tip 1046 of mandrel 1040 engages tip 1017 of inner section 1014 .
- Mandrel 1040 is of sufficient length that insertion of mandrel 1040 into pneumostomy instrument 1000 pushes distal tube 1013 of expanding basket 1010 away from proximal tube 1012 thereby causing expanding elements 1016 to be stretched out and assume the configuration shown in FIGS. 10D-10F .
- the pneumostomy instrument 1000 may be utilized in any of the pneumostomy procedures described herein including those procedures described in FIGS. 4A-4F , 5 A- 5 C, 6 A- 6 C, 7 A- 7 C and accompanying text.
- the percutaneous insertion tool is a device that permits the rapid deployment of the pneumostomy catheter through chest wall and the parietal and visceral membranes into the lung.
- the insertion tool preferably prevents deflation of the lung by rapid deployment of the pneumostomy catheter and subsequent expansion of expanding basket 1010 .
- the percutaneous insertion tool may comprise a trocar designed to fit through lumen of the pneumostomy instrument in place of mandrel 1040 and dissect tissue in a minimally traumatic way thereby allowing the pneumostomy catheter to penetrate the pleural membranes and enter the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- FIGS. 11A-11C show a pneumostomy instrument 1000 assembled with a percutaneous insertion tool 1100 .
- FIG. 11A shows a perspective view of the pneumostomy instrument 1000 assembled with the percutaneous insertion tool 1100 .
- FIGS. 11B and 11C show detailed sectional views of the distal end of the pneumostomy instrument 1000 and insertion tool 1100 .
- percutaneous insertion tool 1100 is sized to fit through the main lumen of pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- a dissecting tip 1102 of percutaneous insertion tool 1100 protrudes beyond the distal tip of pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- Dissecting tip 1102 is preferably a dissecting tip that pushes tissue aside rather than cutting through tissue.
- a handle 1104 extends from the proximal end of pneumostomy instrument 1000 allowing the physician to control the instrument.
- a coupling 1106 temporarily secures the percutaneous insertion tool 1100 to the female luer 1026 (shown in FIG. 11A ) at the proximal end of pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- FIG. 11B shows a sectional view of the distal tip of pneumostomy instrument 1000 and insertion tool 1100 .
- percutaneous insertion tool 1100 includes a sleeve 1101 in which distal tip 1102 is received.
- the distal end of sleeve 1101 engages the distal end 1017 of inner section 1014 of expanding basket 1010 .
- the dissecting tip extends through the aperture 1018 in the end of pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- An actuator 1106 comprises a spring-loaded mechanism for withdrawing dissecting tip 1101 back towards the proximal end of pneumostomy instrument. The actuator latches the dissecting tip in the forward position until triggered.
- the actuator is triggered by the insertion of dissecting tip 1102 through the chest wall and then into the softer tissue of the lung.
- the retraction of the dissecting tip after passage of the instrument into the parenchymal tissue of the lung helps prevent injury to the lung caused by over insertion.
- the retraction of the dissecting tip may also be used, in some embodiments, to trigger deployment of expanding basket 1010 , by, for example, releasing coupling 1106 and allowing the pneumostomy instrument 1000 to relax and allowing the expanding basket 1010 to take on its expanded configuration.
- FIG. 11C illustrates the configuration of the percutaneous insertion tool 1100 and pneumostomy instrument 1000 after deployment into lung tissue.
- tip 1102 has been retracted into opening 1018 in the distal end of pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- Expanding elements 1016 have moved out radially from the axis of pneumostomy instrument 1000 . The expanding elements push aside the parenchymal tissue to make a cavity and secure the end of pneumostomy instrument 1000 into the lung.
- Percutaneous insertion tool 1100 may now be removed, leaving pneumostomy instrument 1000 in place.
- a mandrel such as mandrel 1040 of FIG.
- the instrument used to create the pneumostoma remains in place in the patient for a period of time in order for the tissues displaced by the instrument to heal and to allow pleurodesis between the visceral and pleural membranes surrounding the instrument. During this immediate postoperative period it is desirable to maintain the comfort and/or mobility of the patient. Thus, it is desirable that the instrument used to perform the pneumostomy procedure be secured in a low-profile configuration that reduces inconvenience to the patient. It is also desirable that the instrument be aligned approximately perpendicular to the chest wall where it passes through the chest wall, so that pneumostoma forms in approximately this configuration. It is also desirable that the instrument be maintained under a slight tension to aid pleurodesis.
- a postoperative pneumostomy instrument support In order to achieve and maintain the appropriate configuration of the pneumostomy instrument during the post-operative period while reducing inconvenience and discomfort to the patient, a postoperative pneumostomy instrument support is provided.
- the post-operative pneumostomy instrument support keeps the pneumostomy instrument aligned with the stoma, applies a slight tension to the pneumostomy instrument, prevents kinking of the instrument; and secures the instrument in a low-profile configuration for the post-operative period.
- FIGS. 12A and 12B show a postoperative pneumostomy instrument support 1200 .
- FIG. 12A shows an exploded view of the components of support 1200 .
- Support 1200 has three main components: adhesive backing 1202 , strap 1204 and block 1206 .
- Adhesive backing 1202 is a compliant foam pad coated on each side with a thin layer of biocompatible adhesive.
- the compliant foam allows the pad to conform somewhat to the chest of the patient.
- the adhesive backing has a U-shaped opening 1203 in one edge to allow it to fit around the pneumostomy instrument at the insertion site.
- the opening 1203 is large enough that the adhesive backing 1202 does not interfere with the incision.
- Block 1206 is formed from light weight rigid and/or semi-rigid foam.
- the block has a flat surface 1205 for attachment to the adhesive backing 1202 .
- the block has a curved front surface 1207 for supporting the pneumostomy instrument.
- the front surface 1207 has a semicircular channel 1212 designed to receive the tube of the pneumostomy instrument.
- the channel 1212 is aligned perpendicular to the patient-side 1208 where the front surface 1207 meets the flat surface 1205 .
- the front surface 1207 of block 1206 and channel 1212 subsequently curve away from perpendicular until approximately parallel with the flat surface 1205 .
- the radius of curvature and shape of the channel is selected so as not to cause the tube of the pneumostomy instrument to kink.
- An aperture 1214 passes through block 1206 from one side of channel 1212 to the other.
- Strap 1204 is designed to hold instrument to block 1206 and maintain a slight tension in the instrument. Strap 1204 is sized to fit through aperture 1214 of block 1206 . Strap 1204 may be provided with a releasable adhesive for securing the strap to itself and the pneumostomy instrument. Strap 1204 may additionally or alternatively be provided with a fastener for securing the pneumostomy instrument. Strap 1204 is preferably made of a somewhat elastic material to aid in fixing the instrument to block 1206 and applying tension to the pneumostomy instrument without crushing the pneumostomy instrument.
- FIG. 12B shows the assembled support 1200 .
- Strap 1204 is positioned through aperture 1214 such that the free ends of strap 1204 are available to secure a pneumostomy instrument into channel 1212 .
- Adhesive backing 1202 is secured to the flat surface 1205 of block 1206 by a layer of adhesive. Typically the remaining adhesive layer is protected with a removable layer of paper until ready for use.
- the U-shaped opening 1203 is aligned with channel 1212 .
- adhesive backing 1202 is preferably larger is area than the flat surface 1205 of block 1206 to facilitate removal of support 1200 by peeling up of adhesive backing 1202 .
- FIG. 12C shows a sectional view through support 1200 to illustrate the use of support 1200 in conjunction with a pneumostomy instrument 1000 positioned within a pneumostoma 110 .
- Block 1206 is secured to the skin 114 of chest 100 adjacent pneumostoma 110 by adhesive backing 1202 .
- tube 1002 is aligned perpendicular to the wall of chest 100 where tube 1002 exits chest 100 .
- Tube 1002 follows the curvature of block 1206 until approximately parallel with chest 100 .
- the shape of channel 1212 and the radius of curvature of block 1206 prevent tube 1002 from kinking.
- Tube 1002 is releasably secured to block 1206 and under tension by strap 1204 .
- Using support 1200 in this manner allows the pneumostomy instrument 1000 to be secured to the chest of the patient in a low profile configuration during the post operative period while maintaining the alignment of the pneumostoma 110 .
- FIG. 12C also illustrates the use of a discharge trap 1220 with pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- a discharge trap 1220 with pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- Discharge trap 1220 has a fitting 1224 to mate with the female luer fitting of pneumostomy instrument 1000 . Gases and/or discharge flow though the fitting 1224 into a vessel 1222 via a valve 1226 .
- Valve 1226 is a one-way valve which prevents discharge from reentering the pneumostomy instrument from vessel 1222 .
- Discharge 1230 may collect in vessel 1222 which may be emptied or changed when necessary.
- Outlet 1228 preferably includes a hydrophobic filter element to prevent the exit of discharge from vessel 1222 .
- Outlet 1228 may vent to atmosphere or may alternatively be connected to a regulated vacuum source (such as a medical vacuum line).
- Support 1200 may be used instead of or in addition to flange 1050 of pneumostomy instrument 1000 (not shown but see FIG. 10A ).
- FIG. 12D shows a sectional view through a support 1200 a to illustrate the use of a support 1200 a in conjunction with a pneumostomy instrument 1000 having a flange 1050 (See FIG. 10A ).
- Support 1200 a is similar to support 1200 but has adaptations to make it compatible with flange 1050 .
- Block 1206 a is secured to the skin 114 of chest 100 adjacent flange 1050 by adhesive backing 1202 a.
- Block 1206 a and adhesive backing 1202 a are adapted to provide sufficient space for flange 1050 .
- Block 1206 a may also be provided with a clip, strap or other fastener to secure support 1200 a to flange 1050 .
- tube 1002 is aligned perpendicular to the wall of chest 100 where tube 1002 exits chest 100 .
- Flange 1050 works in conjunction with block 1206 a to align tube 1002 and apply tension to tube 1002 .
- Using support 1200 a in this manner again allows the pneumostomy instrument 1000 to be secured to the chest of the patient in a low profile configuration during the post operative period while maintaining the alignment of the pneumostoma 110 .
- FIG. 12D also illustrates the use of a cap 1240 with pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- a cap 1240 may be used to close the lumen of the instrument.
- Cap 1240 has a fitting 1244 to mate with the female luer fitting of pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- Cap 1240 may optionally be provided with a vent 1242 to allow gases to escape.
- Cap 1240 may be used to enhance patient mobility with occasional use of a discharge trap or vacuum aspiration to clear any discharge from instrument 1000 .
- Supports 1200 , 1200 a may be used in conjunction with a second support 1250 .
- FIG. 12E shows a sectional view through a support 1200 a to illustrate the use of a support 1200 a in conjunction with a pneumostomy instrument 1000 having a flange 1050 (See FIG. 10A ) and with a second support 1250 .
- Second support 1250 comprises a block 1256 secured to the skin 114 of chest 100 adjacent flange 1050 by adhesive backing 1252 .
- Block 1256 and adhesive backing 1252 are adapted to provide sufficient space for flange 1050 .
- Block 1256 may also be provided with a clip, strap or other fastener (not shown) to secure second support 1250 to flange 1050 . As shown in FIG.
- tube 1002 is aligned perpendicular to the wall of chest 100 where tube 1002 exits chest 100 .
- Second support 1250 works in conjunction with support 1200 a and flange 1050 to align tube 1002 and apply tension to tube 1002 .
- Second support 1250 helps constrain tube 1002 perpendicular to the wall of chest 100 while relieving strain in tube 1002 that might otherwise misalign the pneumostoma 110 .
- Second support 1250 may in some cases be attached to support 1200 a or even formed in one piece with support 1200 a. In some embodiments, the distance between support 1250 and support 1200 a may be adjusted in order to adjust the radius of curvature of the tube 1002 .
- FIGS. 13A and 13B are flowcharts showing the steps of a single-phase pneumostomy technique utilizing pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- FIGS. 13A and 13B are flowcharts showing the steps of a single-phase pneumostomy technique utilizing pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- no prior pleurodesis is required ahead of the procedure.
- the pneumostomy instrument 1000 is introduced without collapsing the lung.
- FIG. 13B The lung may be allowed to inflate prior to insertion of pneumostomy instrument 1000 and then reinflated after pneumostomy instrument 1000 is secured within the lung.
- FIG. 13A shows the steps of the percutaneous single-phase technique 1300 utilizing pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- Pneumostomy instrument 1000 is first assembled with percutaneous insertion tool 1100 as shown in FIG. 1A (step 1302 ). In this configuration the expanding head is secured in a low-profile configuration ready for insertion into the lung.
- the patient is prepared (step 1304 ) using local anesthesia at the target site in addition to a sedative or general anesthesia.
- a chest tube is preferably inserted into the pleural cavity as a prophylactic measure.
- the physician optionally makes an incision at the target location and dissects to the parietal membrane (step 1306 ).
- the physician optionally introduces a pleurodesis agent to the outer surface of the parietal membrane or, by injection, through the parietal membrane into the pleural space at the target location (step 1308 ) to promote pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes after the procedure.
- a pleurodesis agent to the outer surface of the parietal membrane or, by injection, through the parietal membrane into the pleural space at the target location (step 1308 ) to promote pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes after the procedure.
- One or more of the pleurodesis agents discussed above may be used in order to promote pleurodesis formation following the procedure however it is not expected that the pleurodesis will form during the procedure itself.
- the physician inserts the pneumostomy instrument and percutaneous insertion tool through the parietal and visceral membranes using the percutaneous insertion tool.
- Insertion is made by way of the incision if made, or otherwise directly through the chest wall if no prior incision was made.
- the pneumostomy instrument is inserted until the expanding head is through the visceral membrane and embedded within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. Because there has been no pleurodesis between the parietal membrane and visceral membrane, a small amount of air may leak into the pleural cavity around tube pneumostomy instrument. However, the chest tube should be able to extract the small amount of air and the lung will remain inflated and pushed against the chest wall.
- the physician releases the expanding head and allows it to expand within the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- an actuator automatically deploys the expanding head after it is positioned with the lung.
- the suture and stop may be pulled through the open Tuohy and the Tuohy closed to secure the expanding head in the expanded configuration.
- the percutaneous insertion tool is removed from the main lumen of pneumostomy instrument (this step may alternatively be performed before balloon inflation).
- the flange or instrument support is secured to the skin of the chest of the patient adjacent the instrument.
- a slight tension is applied to the tube of the pneumostomy instrument, drawing the expanding head and lung towards thoracic wall.
- the tension brings the parietal membrane and visceral membrane into contact.
- the contact between the parietal membrane and visceral membrane reduces or eliminates any remaining air leak around the instrument.
- the contact between the parietal membrane and visceral membrane allows pleurodesis to occur resulting in adhesion between the pleural membranes and sealing of the pneumostoma from the pleural cavity.
- Some or the entirety of the pneumostomy instrument may be coated and/or impregnated with a pleurodesis agent to promote the formation of the pleurodesis.
- the remainder of the instrument is then secured to the chest/abdomen of the patient (step 1322 ).
- an incision was made it is now closed using sutures, staples and/or tissue glue.
- the patient is then monitored to ensure that pneumothorax has not occurred.
- a chest tube is inserted or maintained as necessary until it is clear that there is no leakage of air into the pleural cavity. Air flow through the pneumostomy instrument is also monitored. Healing of the pneumostoma is monitored and the pneumostomy instrument is removed when the physician believes the pneumostoma is sufficiently stable to tolerate the removal of the instrument (see FIG. 13C ).
- FIG. 13B shows the steps of the open single-phase technique 1330 utilizing pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- Pneumostomy instrument 1000 is first assembled with mandrel 1040 as shown in FIG. 10A (step 1332 ). In this configuration the expanding head is secured in a low-profile configuration ready for insertion into the lung.
- the patient is prepared (step 1334 ) using local anesthesia at the target site in addition to a sedative or general anesthesia. If a general anesthesia is applied the patient will also be intubated and ventilated. A chest tube is inserted into the pleural cavity. The physician makes an incision at the target location and dissects to the parietal membrane (step 1336 ).
- the surgeon makes an incision through the parietal membrane and enters the pleural cavity.
- the physician visualizes the lung, and engages it with a surgical tool, and secures the lung to the chest wall adjacent the incision.
- the surgeon may use sutures, staples, clips, surgical adhesive and/or a surgical adhesive patch to secure the visceral membrane of the lung to the chest wall in step 1340 .
- the physician optionally introduces a pleurodesis agent to the outer surface of the parietal membrane or, by injection, through the parietal membrane into the pleural space at the target location (step 1338 ) to promote pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes after the procedure.
- One or more of the pleurodesis agents discussed above may be used in order to promote pleurodesis formation following the procedure however it is not expected that the pleurodesis will form during the procedure itself.
- the physician makes an incision through the visceral membrane and inserts the pneumostomy instrument and mandrel through the incision into the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- the pneumostomy instrument is inserted until the expanding head is through the visceral membrane and embedded within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. Counter pressure may need to be applied to secure the lung as the pneumostomy instrument is inserted.
- the physician releases the expanding head and allows it to expand within the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- the suture and stop may be pulled through the open Tuohy and the Tuohy closed to secure the expanding head in the expanded configuration.
- the mandrel may also be removed from the main lumen of pneumostomy instrument.
- the incision in the chest wall is closed around the tube of the pneumostomy instrument.
- the pneumostomy instrument is then tensioned and secured as described in steps 1316 - 1322 of FIG. 13A .
- the pneumostomy instrument When the physician considers that the pneumostoma has healed adequately, the pneumostomy instrument is removed and the pneumostoma is inspected. The physician will then verify the size of the pneumostoma and provide a pneumostoma management device (PMD) of the appropriate size. Removal of the pneumostomy instrument requires that the expanding basket be collapsed to the low profile configuration.
- PMD pneumostoma management device
- FIG. 13C shows the steps ( 1360 ) for removal of the pneumostomy instrument 1000 .
- the surgeon should first assess the healing and stability of the pneumostoma (step 1362 ).
- the pneumostomy instrument should not be removed until the pneumostoma is sufficiently healed to tolerate the removal procedure.
- the patient is prepared (step 1364 ).
- a local anesthesia may be applied and a sedative provided.
- a chest tube should be available in case removal of the pneumostomy instrument causes leakage of air into the pleural cavity.
- the pneumostomy instrument is first released from the flange and/or instrument support (step 1366 ).
- the flange and/or support are then released from the chest of the patient (step 1368 ) providing access to inspect and clean the stoma.
- the Tuohy is opened to release the stop which secured the expanding basket in the expanded position (step 1370 ).
- a mandrel is then inserted into the pneumostomy instrument causing the expanding basket (within the lung) to collapse to a low profile configuration (step 1372 ).
- the pneumostomy instrument is then withdrawn from the pneumostoma (step 1374 ).
- the pneumostoma should be quickly assessed (step 1376 ).
- a pneumostoma management device should then be inserted into the pneumostoma to preserve patency during the continued healing period (step 1378 ). The patient should be observed to ensure that the procedure has not caused leakage of air into the pleural cavity.
- the patient will be provided with standard postoperative care transitioning to outpatient care and continued pulmonary rehabilitation step 1380 ).
- the first pneumostoma management device will typically be left in place till the first outpatient visit to a physician. At the first outpatient visit, the first pneumostoma management device will be removed, the pneumostoma inspected again.
- the physician or more typically the patient under the physician's direction will then insert the next PMD.
- the PMD's will thereafter be exchanged by the patient or a caregiver on a regular basis and/or as needed.
- the pneumostomy instruments and PMD are formed from biocompatible polymers or biocompatible metals.
- pneumostomy catheter 300 and PMD 800 are made from PEBAX, polypropylene and ABS.
- the balloon of the pneumostomy catheter 300 is preferably made of polyurethane or the equivalent
- pneumostomy instrument 1000 is made from C-FLEX® thermoplastic elastomer manufactured by Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics in Clearwater, Fla.
- a patient will typically have pneumostomy catheter implanted for from one to two weeks depending upon the time required for the pneumostoma to heal and form and thus the materials, particularly of pneumostomy catheter 300 , should meet high standards for biocompatibility.
- preferred materials for manufacturing a pneumostomy instrument or PMD are biocompatible thermoplastic elastomers that are readily utilized in injection molding and extrusion processing.
- suitable similarly biocompatible thermoplastic or thermoplastic polymer materials can be used without departing from the scope of the invention.
- Biocompatible polymers for manufacturing PMD may be selected from the group consisting of polyethylenes (HDPE), polyvinyl chloride, polyacrylates (polyethyl acrylate and polymethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, polymethyl-coethyl acrylate, ethylene/ethyl acrylate), polycarbonate urethane (BIONATEG), polysiloxanes (silicones), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE, GORE-TEX®, ethylene/chlorotrifluoroethylene copolymer, aliphatic polyesters, ethylene/tetrafluoroethylene copolymer), polyketones (polyaryletheretherketone, polyetheretherketone, polyetherether-ketoneketone, polyether-ketoneetherketoneketone polyetherketone), polyether block amides (PEBAX, PEBA), polyamides (polyamideimide, PA-11, PA-12, PA-46, PA-66), polyetherimide, polyether s
- components of the PMD and/or pneumostomy instrument that are in contact with the pneumostoma before or after healing may be designed to deliver a pharmaceutically-active substance.
- an “active pharmaceutical substance” is an active ingredient of vegetable, animal or synthetic origin which is used in a suitable dosage as a therapeutic agent for influencing conditions or functions of the body, as a replacement for active ingredients naturally produced by the human or animal body and to eliminate or neutralize disease pathogens or exogenous substances.
- the release of the substance in the pneumostoma has an effect on the course of healing and/or counteracts pathological changes in the tissue due to the presence of the temporarily implanted medical devices.
- suitable pharmaceutically-active substances may have an anti-inflammatory and/or antiproliferative and/or spasmolytic and/or endothelium-forming effect, so that the functionality of the pneumostoma is maintained.
- Suitable pharmaceutically-active substances include: anti-proliferative/antimitotic agents including natural products such as vinca alkaloids (i.e. vinblastine, vincristine, and vinorelbine), paclitaxel, epidipodophyllotoxins (i.e.
- antibiotics dactinomycin (actinomycin D) daunorubicin, doxorubicin and idarubicin
- anthracyclines mitoxantrone, bleomycins, plicamycin (mithramycin) and mitomycin
- enzymes L-asparaginase which systemically metabolizes L-asparagine and deprives cells which do not have the capacity to synthesize their own asparagine
- antiplatelet agents such as G(GP) llb/llla inhibitors and vitronectin receptor antagonists
- anti-proliferative/antimitotic alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards (mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide and analogs, melphalan, chlorambucil), ethylenimines and methylmelamines (hexamethylmelamine and thiotepa), alkyl sulfonates-busulfan, n
- anti-coagulants heparin, synthetic heparin salts and other inhibitors of thrombin
- fibrinolytic agents such as tissue plasminogen activator, streptokinase and urokinase), aspirin, dipyridamole, ticlopidine, clopidogrel, abciximab; antimigratory; antisecretory (breveldin); anti-inflammatory: such as adrenocortical steroids (cortisol, cortisone, fludrocortisone, prednisone, prednisolone, 6a-methylprednisolone, triamcinolone, betamethasone, and dexamethasone), non-steroidal agents (salicylic acid derivatives i.e.
- the active pharmaceutical substance is selected from the group consisting of amino acids, anabolics, analgesics and antagonists, anaesthetics, anti-adrenergic agents, anti-asthmatics, anti-atherosclerotics, antibacterials, anticholesterolics, anti-coagulants, antidepressants, antidotes, anti-emetics, anti-epileptic drugs, anti-fibrinolytics, anti-inflammatory agents, antihypertensives, antimetabolites, antimigraine agents, antimycotics, antinauseants, antineoplastics, anti-obesity agents, antiprotozoals, antipsychotics, antirheumatics, antiseptics, antivertigo agents, antivirals, appetite stimulants, bacterial vaccines, bioflavonoids, calcium channel blockers, capillary stabilizing agents, coagulants, corticosteroids, detoxifying agents for cytostatic treatment, diagnostic agents (like contrast media, radiopaque, cytostatic
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Otolaryngology (AREA)
- Media Introduction/Drainage Providing Device (AREA)
- Prostheses (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
- External Artificial Organs (AREA)
- Orthopedics, Nursing, And Contraception (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Infusion, Injection, And Reservoir Apparatuses (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
Abstract
A two-phase surgical procedure is disclosed for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease The first phase is a procedure to induce creation of a localized pleurodesis and is preferably performed as an outpatient procedure. The second phase is a procedure to introduce a surgical instrument into the lung via the pleurodesis to create the pneumostoma. An interval of about one of more days between the first and second phases allows the formation of a stable pleurodesis to prevent pneumothorax during the procedure.
Description
- This application claims priority to all of the following applications including: U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/029,830, filed Feb. 19, 2008, entitled “ENHANCED PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06013US0);
- U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/032,877, filed Feb. 29, 2008, entitled “PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06001US0);
- U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/038,371, filed Mar. 20, 2008, entitled “SURGICAL PROCEDURE AND INSTRUMENT TO CREATE A PNEUMOSTOMA AND TREAT CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06000US0);
- U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/082,892, filed Jul. 23, 2008, entitled “PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM HAVING A COSMETIC AND/OR PROTECTIVE COVER” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06008US0);
- U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/083,573, filed Jul. 25, 2008, entitled “DEVICES AND METHODS FOR DELIVERY OF A THERAPEUTIC AGENT THROUGH A PNEUMOSTOMA” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06003US0);
- U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/084,559, filed Jul. 29, 2008, entitled “ASPIRATOR FOR PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06011US0);
- U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/088,118, filed Aug. 12, 2008, entitled “FLEXIBLE PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06004US0);
- U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/143,298, filed Jan. 8, 2009, entitled “METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR THE CRYOTHERAPY CREATION OR RE-CREATION OF PNEUMOSTOMY” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06006US0); and
- U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/151,581, filed Feb. 11, 2009, entitled “SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS AND PROCEDURES TO CREATE A PNEUMOSTOMA AND TREAT CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06002US0).
- All of the afore-mentioned applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
- This application is related to all of the above provisional applications and all the patent applications that claim priority thereto including:
- This application is related to all of the following applications including U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “ENHANCED PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06013US1);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06001US1);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06001US2);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “ACCELERATED TWO-PHASE SURGICAL PROCEDURE FOR CREATING A PNEUMOSTOMA TO TREAT CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06000US2);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “SINGLE-PHASE SURGICAL PROCEDURE FOR CREATING A PNEUMOSTOMA TO TREAT CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06000US3);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “PERCUTANEOUS SINGLE-PHASE SURGICAL PROCEDURE FOR CREATING A PNEUMSOTOMA TO TREAT CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06000US4);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 13, 2009, entitled “PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM HAVING A COSTMETIC AND/OR PROTECTIVE COVER” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06008US1)
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “DEVICES AND METHODS FOR DELIVERY OF A THERAPEUTIC AGENT THROUGH A PNEUMOSTOMA” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06003US1);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “ASPIRATOR FOR PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06011US1);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “ASPIRATOR AND METHOD FOR PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06011US2);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “FLEXIBLE PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06004US1);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “METHODS AND DEVICES FOR FOLLOW-UP CARE AND TREATMENT OF A PNEUMOSTOMA” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06006US1);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS FOR CREATING A PNEUMOSTOMA AND TREATING CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06002US1);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “ONE-PIECE PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06017US1);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM WITH SECRETION MANAGEMENT FEATURES FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06019US1);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “MULTI-LAYER PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULJMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06022US1);
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “VARIABLE LENGTH PNEUMOSTOMA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR TREATMENT OF CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06023US1); and
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/______, filed Feb. 18, 2009, entitled “SELF-SEALING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DELIVERY OF A THERAPEUTIC AGENT THROUGH A PNEUMOSTOMA” (Attorney Docket No. LUNG1-06025US1).
- All of the afore-mentioned applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. This patent application also incorporates by reference all patents, applications, and articles discussed and/or cited herein.
- In the United States alone, approximately 14 million people suffer from some form of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD). However an additional ten million adults have evidence of impaired lung function indicating that COPD may be significantly underdiagnosed. The cost of COPD to the nation in 2002 was estimated to be $32.1 billion. Medicare expenses for COPD beneficiaries were nearly 2.5 times that of the expenditures for all other patients. Direct medical services accounted for $18.0 billion, and indirect cost of morbidity and premature mortality was $14.1 billion. COPD is the fourth leading cause of death in the U.S. and is projected to be the third leading cause of death for both males and females by the year 2020.
- Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) is a progressive disease of the airways that is characterized by a gradual loss of lung function. In the United States, the term COPD includes chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive bronchitis, and emphysema, or combinations of these conditions. In emphysema the alveoli walls of the lung tissue are progressively weakened and lose their elastic recoil. The breakdown of lung tissue causes progressive loss of elastic recoil and the loss of radial support of the airways which traps residual air in the lung. This increases the work of exhaling and leads to hyperinflation of the lung. When the lungs become hyperinflated, forced expiration cannot reduce the residual volume of the lungs because the force exerted to empty the lungs collapses the small airways and blocks air from being exhaled. As the disease progresses, the inspiratory capacity and air exchange surface area of the lungs is reduced until air exchange becomes seriously impaired and the individual can only take short shallow labored breaths (dyspnea).
- The symptoms of COPD can range from the chronic cough and sputum production of chronic bronchitis to the severe disabling shortness of breath of emphysema. In some individuals, chronic cough and sputum production are the first signs that they are at risk for developing the airflow obstruction and shortness of breath characteristic of COPD. With continued exposure to cigarettes or noxious particles, the disease progresses and individuals with COPD increasingly lose their ability to breathe. Acute infections or certain weather conditions may temporarily worsen symptoms (exacerbations), occasionally where hospitalization may be required. In others, shortness of breath may be the first indication of the disease. The diagnosis of COPD is confirmed by the presence of airway obstruction on testing with spirometry. Ultimately, severe emphysema may lead to severe dyspnea, severe limitation of daily activities, illness and death.
- There is no cure for COPD or pulmonary emphysema, only various treatments, for ameliorating the symptoms. The goal of current treatments is to help people live with the disease more comfortably and to prevent the progression of the disease. The current options include: self-care (e.g., quitting smoking), medications (such as bronchodilators which do not address emphysema physiology), long-term oxygen therapy, and surgery (lung transplantation and lung volume reduction surgery). Lung Volume Reduction Surgery (LVRS) is an invasive procedure primarily for patients who have a localized (heterogeneous) version of emphysema; in which, the most diseased area of the lung is surgically removed to allow the remaining tissue to work more efficiently. Patients with diffuse emphysema cannot be treated with LVRS, and typically only have lung transplantation as an end-stage option. However, many patients are not candidates for such a taxing procedure.
- A number of less-invasive surgical methods have been proposed for ameliorating the symptoms of COPD. In one approach new windows are opened inside the lung to allow air to more easily escape from the diseased tissue into the natural airways. These windows are kept open with permanently implanted stents. Other approaches attempt to seal off and shrink portions of the hyperinflated lung using chemical treatments and/or implantable plugs. However, these proposals remain significantly invasive and are still in clinical trails in 2008. None of the surgical approaches to treatment of COPD is widely accepted. Therefore, a large unmet need remains for a medical procedure that can sufficiently alleviate the debilitating effects of COPD and emphysema.
- In view of the disadvantages of the state of the art, Applicants have developed a method for treating COPD in which an artificial passageway is made through the chest wall into the lung. An anastomosis is formed between the artificial passageway and the lung by creating a seal, adhesion and/or pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes surrounding the passageway as it enters the lung. The seal, adhesion and/or pleurodesis prevent air from entering the pleural cavity and causing a pneumothorax (deflation of the lung due to air pressure in the pleural cavity). The pleurodesis is stabilized by a fibrotic healing response between the membranes. The artificial passageway through the chest wall also becomes epithelialized. The result is a stable artificial aperture through the chest wall which communicates with the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
- The artificial aperture into the lung through the chest wall is referred to herein as a pneumostoma. A pneumostoma provides an extra pathway that allows air to exit the lung while bypassing the natural airways which have been impaired by COPD and emphysema. By providing this ventilation bypass, the pneumostoma allows the stale air trapped in the lung to escape from the lung thereby shrinking the lung (reducing hyperinflation). By shrinking the lung, the ventilation bypass reduces breathing effort (reducing dyspnea), allows more fresh air to be drawn in through the natural airways and increases the effectiveness of all of the tissues of the lung for gas exchange. Increasing the effectiveness of gas exchange allows for increased absorption of oxygen into the bloodstream and also increased removal of carbon dioxide from the bloodstream. Reducing the amount of carbon dioxide retained in the lung reduces hypercapnia which also reduces dyspnea. The pneumostoma thereby achieves the advantages of lung volume reduction surgery without surgically removing a portion of the lung or sealing off a portion of the lung.
- Pneumonostomy is a general term for the surgical creation of an artificial opening into the pleural cavity or lung such as for drainage of an abscess. The procedure for creating a pneumostoma is a type of pneumonostomy. However, to differentiate it from other types of pneumonostomy procedures, the term pneumostomy will be used herein to refer to procedures for creating a pneumostoma.
- In accordance with embodiments, the present invention provides surgical techniques, procedures and instruments for pneumostomy.
- In accordance with one embodiment, the present invention provides a two-phase pneumostomy technique in which a pleurodesis is created in a first procedure and a pneumostoma is created as a second procedure after a delay for creation of the pleurodesis.
- In accordance with one embodiment, the present invention provides an accelerated two-phase pneumostomy technique in which a pleurodesis is created acutely at the first phase of a procedure and a pneumostoma is created as a second phase of the same procedure after creation of the pleurodesis.
- In accordance with one embodiment, the present invention provides a single-phase pneumostomy technique for creating a pneumostoma in which a pleurodesis and a pneumostoma are created concurrently.
- In accordance with specific embodiments, the present invention provides minimally-invasive approaches for performing a pneumostomy.
- In accordance with specific embodiments, the present invention provides a percutaneous approach for performing a pneumostomy.
- In accordance with specific embodiments, the present invention provides a mini-thoracotomy approach for performing a pneumostomy.
- In accordance with specific embodiments, the present invention provides an intercostal approach for performing a pneumostomy.
- In accordance with specific embodiments, the present invention provides perioperative procedures associated with performing pneumostomy.
- Thus, various pneumostomy techniques, procedures and instruments are provided for creating a pneumostoma and thereby treating COPD. Other objects, features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from drawings and detailed description to follow.
- The above and further features, advantages and benefits of the present invention will be apparent upon consideration of the present description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
-
FIG. 1A shows the chest of a patient indicating alternative locations for pneumostoma that may be created using pneumostomy procedures and surgical tools of the present invention. -
FIG. 1B shows a sectional view of the chest illustrating the relationship between the pneumostoma, lung and natural airways. -
FIG. 1C shows a detailed sectional view of the pneumostoma. -
FIG. 2 shows the general steps for pneumostomy in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIGS. 3A-3C show views of a pneumostomy catheter for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention. -
FIGS. 3D-3E show views of an alternative pneumostomy catheter assembled with a percutaneous insertion tool for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention. -
FIG. 3F shows a sectional view of an alternative component of the pneumostomy catheters ofFIGS. 3A-3E . -
FIG. 3G shows a section view of the tip of an alternative pneumostomy catheter in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 4A shows the steps of a two-phase pneumostomy technique in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIGS. 4B-4C illustrate the first phase of the two-phase pneumostomy technique ofFIG. 4A . -
FIGS. 4D-4E illustrate the second phase of the two-phase pneumostomy technique ofFIG. 4A . -
FIG. 4F illustrates an optional step of the second phase of the two-phase pneumostomy technique ofFIG. 4A . -
FIG. 5A shows the steps of an accelerated two-phase pneumostomy technique in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 5B illustrates the first part of the procedure of the accelerated two-phase pneumostomy technique ofFIG. 5A . -
FIG. 5C illustrates the second part of the procedure of the accelerated two-phase pneumostomy technique ofFIG. 5A . -
FIG. 6A shows the steps of a single-phase pneumostomy technique in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIGS. 6B-6C illustrate steps of the single-phase pneumostomy technique ofFIG. 6A . -
FIG. 7A shows the steps of a percutaneous single-phase pneumostomy technique in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIGS. 7B-7C illustrate steps of the percutaneous single-phase pneumostomy technique ofFIG. 7A . -
FIG. 7D illustrates a lung retraction instrument for use in a pneumostomy procedure in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 7E illustrates a lung anchor for use in a pneumostomy procedure in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIGS. 7F-7H illustrate a lung anchor and applicator for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention. -
FIGS. 8A and 8B show use of a pneumostoma management device after removal of a pneumostomy catheter in accordance with any one of the above procedures. -
FIGS. 9A-9G show alternative pneumostomy instruments and accessories for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention. -
FIGS. 10A-10F show views of an alternate pneumostomy instrument for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention. -
FIGS. 11A-11C show views of a percutaneous insertion instrument for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention. -
FIGS. 12A-12E show views of an external support for a pneumostomy instrument in accordance with embodiments of the present invention -
FIGS. 13A-13C show steps for pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention. - The following description is of the best modes presently contemplated for practicing various embodiments of the present invention. The description is not to be taken in a limiting sense but is made merely for the purpose of describing the general principles of the invention. The scope of the invention should be ascertained with reference to the claims. In the description of the invention that follows, like numerals or reference designators will be used to refer to like parts or elements throughout. In addition, the first digit of a reference number identifies the drawing in which the reference number first appears.
-
FIG. 1A shows the chest of patient indicating alternative locations for creating a pneumostoma that may be managed using the system and methods of the present invention. Afirst pneumostoma 110 is shown on the front of thechest 100 over the right lung 101 (shown in dashed lines). The pneumostoma is preferably positioned over the second or third intercostal space on the mid-clavicular line. Thus thepneumostoma 110 is located on the front of the chest between the second and third or third and fourth ribs. Although thepneumostoma 110 is preferably located between two ribs, in alternative procedures a pneumostoma can also be prepared using a minithoracotomy with a rib resection. - In
FIG. 1A asecond pneumostoma 112 is illustrated in a lateral position entering the left lung 103 (shown in dashed lines). Thepneumostoma 112 is preferably positioned over the second, third, fourth or fifth intercostal space on the mid-axillary line under thearm 104. InFIG. 1A athird pneumostoma 114 is illustrated on the front of the chest over the left lung 103 (shown in dashed lines). Thepneumostoma 114 is oval rather than round which allows a larger cross-section for the pneumostoma while still fitting within the intercostal space. In general, one pneumostoma per lung is created; however, more or less than one pneumostoma per lung may be created depending upon the needs of the patient. In most humans, the lobes of the lung are not completely separate and air may pass between the lobes. Although thepneumostoma - A pneumostoma is surgically created by forming an artificial channel through the chest wall and joining that channel with an opening through the visceral membrane of the lung into parenchymal tissue of the lung. The joining of two separate hollow cavities, vessels or organs to form a continuous channel is termed anastomosis. In this case the anastomosis is the joining of the artificial channel and the opening in the visceral membrane. Anastomosis seals the channel from the pleural cavity and can be achieved using adhesives, mechanical sealing and/or pleurodesis. General methods for forming the channel, forming the opening, anastomosis and pleurodesis are disclosed in applicant's pending and issued patents and applications including U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/881,408 entitled “Methods and Devices to Accelerate Wound Healing in Thoracic Anastomosis Applications” and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/030,006 entitled “Variable Parietal/Visceral Pleural Coupling” which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
-
FIG. 1B shows a sectional view ofchest 100 illustrating the position of thepneumostoma 110 relative to the lung and natural airways. Theparenchymal tissue 132 of thelung 130 is comprised principally ofalveoli 134. Thealveoli 134 are the thin walled air-filled sacs in which gas exchange takes place. Air flows into the lungs through the natural airways including thetrachea 136,carina 137, andbronchi 138. Inside the lungs, the bronchi branch into a multiplicity of smaller vessels referred to as bronchioles (not shown). Typically, there are more than one million bronchioles in each lung. Each bronchiole connects a cluster of alveoli to the natural airways. As illustrated inFIG. 1B ,pneumostoma 110 comprises a channel through thethoracic wall 106 of thechest 100 between tworibs 107.Pneumostoma 110 opens at anaperture 126 through theskin 114 ofchest 100.Aperture 126 may be round, oval or another suitable shape that allows air flow while fitting within a desirable anatomical position. -
FIG. 1C shows a detailed sectional view of thepneumostoma 110 and the tissue of thelung 130. As illustrated inFIG. 1C , thethoracic wall 106 is lined with theparietal membrane 108. The surface of thelung 130 is covered with a continuous sac called thevisceral membrane 138. Theparietal membrane 108 andvisceral membrane 138 are often referred to collectively as the pleural membranes. Between theparietal membrane 108 andvisceral membrane 138 is the pleural cavity (pleural space) 140. The pleural cavity usually only contains a thin film of fluid that serves as a lubricant between the lungs and the chest wall. As illustrated inFIG. 1C ,pneumostoma 110 comprises achannel 120 through thethoracic wall 106 of thechest 100 between theribs 107. Thechannel 120 is joined tocavity 122 in theparenchymal tissue 132 oflung 130. Although shown inFIG. 1C , having a particular shape, thechannel 120 andcavity 122 will typically conform to the shape of a device inserted into thepneumostoma 1 10. Thechannel 120 may be round, oval or another suitable shape that allows air flow while fitting within a desirable anatomical position. An adhesion orpleurodesis 124 surrounds thechannel 120 where it enters thelung 130. Inpleurodesis 124 the pleural membranes are fused and/or adhered to one another eliminating the space between the pleural membranes in that region. - An important feature of
pneumostoma 110 is the seal or adhesion surrounding thechannel 120 where it enters thelung 130 which may comprise apleurodesis 124.Pleurodesis 124 is the fusion or adhesion of theparietal membrane 108 andvisceral membrane 138. A pleurodesis may be a complete pleurodesis in which the entirepleural cavity 140 is removed by fusion of thevisceral membrane 138 with theparietal membrane 108 over the entire surface of thelung 130. However, as shown inFIG. 1C , the pleurodesis is preferably localized to the region surrounding thechannel 120. Thepleurodesis 124 surrounding thechannel 120 prevents air from entering thepleural cavity 140. If air is permitted to enterpleural cavity 140, a pneumothorax will result and thelung 130 may collapse. - When formed,
pneumostoma 110 provides an extra pathway for exhaled air to exit thelung 130 reducing residual volume and intra-thoracic pressure without the air passing through the major natural airways such as thebronchi 138 andtrachea 136. Collateral ventilation is particularly prevalent in an emphysemous lung because of the deterioration of lung tissue caused by emphysema. Collateral ventilation is the term given to leakage of air through the connective tissue between the alveoli 134. Collateral ventilation may include leakage of air through pathways that include the interalveolar pores of Kohn, bronchiole-alveolar communications of Lambert, and interbronchiolar pathways of Martin. This air typically becomes trapped in the lung and contributes to hyperinflation. In lungs that have been damaged by COPD and emphysema, the resistance to flow in collateral channels (not shown) of theparenchymal tissue 132 is reduced allowing collateral ventilation to increase. Air fromalveoli 134 ofparenchymal tissue 132 that passes into collateral pathways oflung 130 is collected incavity 122 ofpneumostoma 110.Pneumostoma 110 thus makes use of collateral ventilation to collect air incavity 122 and vent the air outside the body viachannel 120 reducing residual volume and intra-thoracic pressure and bypassing the natural airways which have been impaired by COPD and emphysema. - By providing this ventilation bypass, the pneumostoma allows stale air trapped in the
parenchymal tissue 132 to escape from thelung 130. This reduces the residual volume and intra-thoracic pressure. The lower intra-thoracic pressure reduces the dynamic collapse of airways during exhalation. By allowing the airways to remain patent during exhalation, labored breathing (dyspnea) and residual volume (hyperinflation) are both reduced.Pneumostoma 110 not only provides an extra pathway that allows air to exit thelung 130 but also allows more fresh air to be drawn in through the natural airways. This increases the effectiveness of all of the tissues of thelung 130 and improves gas exchange. Increasing the effectiveness of gas exchange allows for increased absorption of oxygen into the bloodstream and also increased removal of carbon dioxide from the bloodstream. Reducing the amount of carbon dioxide retained in the lung reduces hypercapnia which also reduces dyspnea.Pneumostoma 110 thus achieves many of the advantages sought by lung volume reduction surgery without surgically removing, disabling and/or sealing off a portion of the lung. - Applicants have found that pneumostomy procedures carried out with the techniques, procedures, and instruments of the present invention are desirable to create the pneumostoma. The pneumostomy procedures may also advantageously utilize one or more of the associated kits and perioperative methods described herein.
-
FIG. 2 provides a flowchart illustrating the general steps of apneumostomy procedure 200 including diagnosis, scanning, pneumostomy and perioperative procedures. - The
first step 202 of the procedure is functional testing and diagnosis. Preliminary diagnosis of COPD is considered where a patient has symptoms of a chronic cough, sputum production, dyspnea (difficult or labored breathing) and a history of exposure to risk factors for the disease—the most significant risk factor being a history of smoking. Clinical diagnosis of COPD requires confirmation by pulmonary function testing. - There are four components to pulmonary function testing: spirometry, post-bronchodilator spirometry, lung volumes, and diffusion capacity. Spirometry is the most reliable way to determine reversible airway obstruction. Spirometry is therefore often performed to assess progression of disease and to determine the effectiveness of medication. Spirometry measures the amount of air entering and leaving the lungs using a spirometry machine. The patient inhales as deeply as possible and then exhales, as forcefully and rapidly as they can into a port in the machine. The machine measures airflow that passes through the port. Usually, several exhalations are measured. The machine provides several metrics. They are expressed as percentages of what is predicted for normal lung function. Those most commonly used diagnostics of COPD are (1) forced expiratory volume after 1 second [FEV1], (2) forced vital capacity [FVC], and (3) forced expiratory flow at 25%-75% of maximal lung volume [FEF25-75]. Peak expiratory flow rate (PEFR) also can be obtained. PEFR can be compared with readings the patient obtains at home with a peak flow meter.
- In a patient with COPD, the amount of air exhaled (forced vital capacity, or FVC) is reduced, compared to a person with normal lung function. Furthermore, the amount of air exhaled during the initial 1 second (FEV1) is reduced and is reduced to a greater degree than the entire FVC. Therefore, the ratio of air exhaled after 1 second is low compared to the total amount of air exhaled. In healthy lungs, 70%-75% of all the air exhaled after maximum inhalation (FVC) is exhaled within the first second (FEV1), known as the FEV1/FVC ratio. In lungs with COPD, the FEV1/FVC ratio falls below 70%-75%. The absolute value of the FEV1 is also reduced and the extent of the reduction in FEV1 is used to quantify the severity of obstruction. FEV1<70% of what is predicted for age, height, weight and race is considered mild COPD; <50% to 69%, moderate COPD; <35%-49%, severe COPD; and <35%, very severe COPD.
- Post-bronchodilator Spirometry uses the same spirometry testing after giving the patient a bronchodilator, such as an inhaled beta-agonist. This procedure provides information regarding whether the airway obstruction is reversible and the potential responsiveness of the airways to medication. It is also useful for determining whether steroid treatment has been beneficial, a few weeks after initiating therapy.
- Lung volumes are measured in two ways, gas dilution or body plethysmography. The gas dilution method is performed after the patient inhales a gas, such as nitrogen or helium. The amount of volume in which the gas is distributed is used to calculate the volume of air the lungs can hold. Body plethysmography requires the patient to sit in an airtight chamber (usually transparent to prevent claustrophobia) and inhale and exhale into a tube. The pressure changes in the plethysmograph are used to calculate the volumes of air in the lungs. The most important lung volume measurements obtained are residual volume and total lung capacity (TLC). These measurements vary with age, height, weight, and race and are usually expressed as an absolute number and a percentage of what is predicted for a person with normal lung function. A high TLC demonstrates hyperinflation of the lungs, which is consistent with emphysema. Increased residual volume signifies air trapping. This demonstrates an obstruction to exhalation.
- Blood gas analysis determines the effectiveness of gas exchange in the lungs by observing concentrations in the blood. Various non-invasive oxymetric methods may be used for measuring blood gas concentrations. Alternatively, arterial blood can be drawn and analyzed. Arterial blood gases are measured to determine the amount of oxygen dissolved in the blood (pO2), the percentage of hemoglobin saturated with oxygen (O2 sat), the amount of carbon dioxide dissolved in the blood (pCO2), and the amount of acid in the blood pH. The carbon dioxide and oxygen measures may be used to determine whether a patient needs oxygen therapy. Gas exchange can also be measured using diffusion capacity which is a measurement of gases transferred from the alveoli to the capillary. Diffusion capacity is measured by examining the uptake of a very small amount of inhaled carbon monoxide. A reduced diffusion capacity is consistent with emphysema.
- Referring again to
FIG. 2 , lung scanning atstep 204 may be used to confirm the diagnosis of COPD developed during thefunctional testing step 202. The CT scan may be useful to more accurately diagnose emphysema. This is usually not necessary, however, and abnormal lung anatomy is not always detected. The development of multi-channel CT scanning allows for the quantitative assessment of both the airway and parenchymal processes. CT scanning is also useful to provided images of the lung as an aid to the planning of surgical interventions such as pneumostomy. Lung scanning such as CT scanning may also be used to assess collateral ventilation in the lung including the extent of collateral ventilation both within and between lobes of the lung. The results of the pneumostomy procedure are improved by placing the pneumostoma in a region of high collateral ventilation. Thus, the extent of collateral ventilation observed by lung scanning may be used to determine the patients that will benefit most of pneumostomy and the best placement of a pneumostoma in a particular patient. Lung scanning is therefore typically performed to confirm the COPD diagnosis and determine a suitable placement for the pneumostoma. - Based upon the functional testing and lung imaging, it may be determined at
step 206 whether a particular patient meets the criteria for pneumostoma creation. As a general rule, pneumostoma creation is suitable for patients with COPD that is not reversible using pharmaceuticals and pulmonary rehabilitation therapy. Pneumostomy will be most advantageous for patients with severe and very severe COPD as indicated by functional testing though patients with moderate COPD may also benefit. The general health of the patient and their ability to tolerate the procedure should also be taken into account. - For patients who will benefit from pneumostomy, several weeks of
pulmonary rehabilitation therapy 208 should be performed before the procedure.Pulmonary rehabilitation therapy 208 combines exercise training and behavioral and educational programs designed to help patients with COPD control symptoms and improve day-to-day activities. The main goals of pulmonary rehabilitation therapy are to help patients improve their lung health and function. Pulmonary rehabilitation may reduce and control breathing difficulties and other symptoms; provide coping strategies and maintain healthy behaviors such as smoking cessation, good nutrition, and exercise. Pulmonary rehabilitation can reduce the number and length of hospital stays and increase the patient's chances of living longer. Pulmonary rehabilitation improves the likelihood of a successful outcome in a procedure to create a pneumostoma and maintain a pneumostoma after the procedure. - In
procedure planning step 210, the physician determines a suitable placement for the pneumostoma based upon the results of the lung scanning, patient anatomy and physical abilities of the patient. It is desirable that the patient be able to undertake the long-term management of the pneumostoma. Thus, it is important that the patient be able to comfortably view (with a mirror) and reach the location of the pneumostoma in order to clean the pneumostoma and insert or remove pneumostoma management devices. Other factors to consider in determining placement include the thickness of muscle and/or fat at the possible location sites, the disease state of the lung, any abnormal lung anatomy, and cosmetic considerations. Also, in planning the procedure the physician may choose one of several different approaches to the procedure. In particular there are open, minimally invasive and percutaneous approaches. Which approach is selected will depend upon the selected placement, the results of the CT scan, patient anatomy and patient procedure tolerance. One important aspect of procedure tolerance is the need for general anesthetic and ventilation. COPD patients are often highly sensitive to anesthesia and ventilation and thus it is desirable to avoid them if possible. In general the physician will select the least invasive procedure with good probability of success. - After planning the placement, procedure and approach, the
pneumostomy procedure 212 may be performed. The pneumostomy procedure creates a pneumostoma as described with respect toFIGS. 1A-1C above. The goal of the procedure is to form a stable epithelialized channel through the chest wall connected with a cavity in the parenchymal tissue of the lung inside the visceral membrane with a seal between the visceral and parietal membranes surrounding the channel such as a pleurodesis. There are four different techniques for the pneumostomy procedure which differ primarily in the time and/or manner in which a pleurodesis is created. In a two-phase technique, a pleurodesis is formed in a preliminary procedure and after one or more days, when the pleurodesis has developed, the pneumostoma is created utilizing a pneumostomy catheter in a second procedure. (SeeFIGS. 4A-4E ). In an accelerated two-phase technique, a pleurodesis is formed in an acute manner at the beginning of a procedure. After a short period, when the pleurodesis is secure, the pneumostoma is created using a pneumostomy catheter as a second step in the same procedure. (SeeFIGS. 5A-5C ). In a single-phase technique the pleurodesis is formed at the same time as the pneumostoma and does not require a separate step. The thoracic cavity is accessed to visualize the lung, the pneumostomy catheter is inserted into the lung and then the lung is secured to the channel through the chest wall creating a sealed anastomosis which matures into a pleurodesis after the procedure. (SeeFIGS. 6A-6C ). In a percutaneous single-phase technique, an instrument including the pneumostomy catheter is inserted percutaneously through the thoracic wall and into the lung. The pneumostomy catheter is then used to secure the lung to the channel through the chest wall creating a sealed anastomosis which matures into a pleurodesis after the procedure. (SeeFIGS. 7A-7C ). Each of these procedures is described in detail below. - In each procedure, the patency of the channel is maintained in the immediate post-operative period utilizing a pneumostomy catheter. (See
FIGS. 3A-3C ). When the channel has healed sufficiently—usually between one and two weeks post-operatively—the pneumostomy catheter is removed and replaced with a pneumostoma management device (PMD) (SeeFIGS. 8A-8B ). The procedure then progresses to long-term pneumostoma management 214. - After the procedure it is important that the patient continues with
pulmonary rehabilitation therapy 216 to maximize the benefit of the procedure and ensure compliance with the pneumostoma management protocols. At follow-up visits the pneumostoma is inspected for injury and/or infection. Additionally, the pneumostoma is checked for continued patency. In some cases it may be necessary to intermittently reestablish the patency of the channel. Follow-up on spirometry testing may be used to monitor the benefits of the pneumostoma. - A specialized pneumostomy catheter is utilized to create a cavity in the parenchymal tissue of the lung and maintain the patency of the channel through the chest wall into the lung in each technique. The pneumostomy catheter keeps the lung apposed to the interior of the thoracic wall to safely and properly allow the pneumonostomy to heal and form. In general the aperture and channel of the pneumostoma will conform to the exterior dimensions of the pneumostomy catheter. The pneumostomy catheter may be round, oval or another suitable shape that allows air flow while fitting within a desirable anatomical position. The pneumostomy catheter is used by the physician during the procedure to safely create the pneumonostomy channel through the chest wall and cavity in the parenchymal tissue of the lung. The pneumostomy catheter secures the lung by means of an inflatable pneumoplasty balloon on the distal end of the catheter. The pneumoplasty balloon is inflated within the parenchymal tissue to create a chamber and engage the tissue. With the pneumoplasty balloon inflated, the pneumostomy catheter can be used to position the lung against the inner thoracic wall. The catheter will be placed under a slight tension by the physician in order to hold the lung up against the inner thoracic wall. A flange sliding on the catheter acts as the counterforce member to keep the lung and the device/pneumoplasty balloon apposed to the thoracic wall. The position of the catheter and pneumoplasty balloon and the apposition of the tissues guide the formation of the transthoracic pneumostoma.
- As is commonly with respect to medical devices, the proximal end of the device is that end that is closest to the user, typically an EMT, paramedic, surgeon, or emergency physician. The distal end of the device is that end closest to the patient or that is first inserted into the patient. The diameter of a catheter is often measured in “French Size” which is 3 times the diameter of a round catheter in millimeters (mm). For example, a 15 French catheter is 5 mm in diameter. The French size is designed to approximate the circumference of the catheter in mm and is often useful for catheters that have non-circular cross-sectional configurations.
- A pneumostomy catheter in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention is illustrated in
FIGS. 3A-3C . As shown inFIG. 3A ,pneumostomy catheter 300 comprises atube 302 having an atraumaticdistal tip 304. The tube may be from 5 to ten inches from length and is preferably between 6 and seven inches in length. The tube may be from one quarter to three quarters of an inch in diameter and is preferably between one quarter and one half an inch in diameter. Apneumoplasty balloon 306 is located adjacentdistal tip 304. Anaccess flange 308 is connected by acollar 309 fitted aroundtube 302 and can slide up and downtube 302.Markings 310 ontube 302 indicate the distance fromtip 304. A radio-marker or radiopaque material may be incorporated in the distal tip so that the tip may be visualized during insertion of the pneumostomy catheter.Tube 302 is also connected to aninflation tube 320. At the proximal end of theinflation tube 320 is apilot balloon 322, a check valve 324 acoupling 326 andcap 328. Coupling 326 is designed to receive a syringe so that air, water or saline may be injected throughinflation tube 320 intopneumoplasty balloon 306.Pilot balloon 322 is also connected toinflation tube 320 such that a physician may palpatepilot balloon 322 in order to gauge the level to whichpneumoplasty balloon 306 is inflated. Additionally, a contrast medium may be injected into the balloon during inflation so that the inflation of the balloon may be visualized fluoroscopically or using ultrasound. -
Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is preferably an elastic balloon made of silicone or its equivalent that has a low profile when not inflated.Pneumoplasty balloon 306 can alternatively be formed of a relatively inelastic material, such as polyurethane or its equivalent so that, upon injection of air water or saline, it takes on a fixed shape. In somecase pneumoplasty balloon 306 may be made of, impregnated with or coated with a material that promotes pleurodesis. For example use of a latex balloon, without another pleurodesis agent, can cause inflammation leading to pleurodesis.Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is designed to push aside the parenchymal tissues of the lung when inflated thereby creating a cavity within the parenchymal tissue.Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is also designed to anchorpneumostomy catheter 300 within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. Alternative expanding devices may be used so long as they achieve these same functions. -
Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is formed as a tube, then assembled overtube 302 and sealed totube 302 at aproximal seal 305 anddistal seal 307.Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is designed to be inflated within the parenchymal tissue of the lung.Pneumoplasty balloon 306 is designed to create a cavity with the parenchymal tissue. After the cavity is created,pneumoplasty balloon 306 is designed to anchortube 302 within the lung. Upon inflation the diameter ofpneumoplasty balloon 306 is sized as needed to create a chamber within the parenchymal tissue of the lung and anchor the pneumostomy catheter within the lung. The diameter ofpneumoplasty balloon 306 may be between three quarters of an inch and two inches in diameter and is preferably between one inch and one and a quarter inches in diameter -
FIG. 3B shows a sectional view oftube 302 along line B-B ofFIG. 3A .Tube 302 has two lumens.Main lumen 330 which passes along the entire length oftube 302 and is open at the proximal end and distal end oftube 302.Inflation lumen 332 is located on the side oftube 302.Lumen 332 is open at a slit along most of the length oftube 302.Inflation lumen 332 is connected toinflation tube 320adjacent pneumoplasty balloon 306. The distal tip ofinflation tube 320 is secured intoinflation lumen 332 andinflation tube 320 is removably received in the open portion ofinflation lumen 332. As shown inFIG. 3C , the distal end ofinflation lumen 332 is sealed. However,tube 302 is skived atlocation 336 betweenproximal seal 305 anddistal seal 307 creating anaperture 338 penetrating intoinflation lumen 332. Theaperture 338 allows air, water or saline to be forced intopneumoplasty balloon 306 frominflation lumen 332. The components may be secured to each other using adhesive, welding, melting or other techniques appropriate to the materials to be secured. - The pneumostomy catheter may be round, oval or another suitable shape that allows air flow while fitting within a desirable anatomical position.
FIG. 3F shows a sectional view of analternative tube 303 having an oval cross-section. The cross-sectional area oftube 303 andinflation lumen 330 is increased relative totube 302. There is no need to increase the size ofinflation lumen 332 as theinflation tube 320 remains the same size. The minor dimension oftube 303 is selected such that it will fit in the intercostal space. Thisoval tube 303 creates an oval pneumostoma allowing for the creation of a larger cross-section pneumostoma in the intercostal space than may be achieved using a round pneumostomy catheter. Whereoval tube 303 is used instead oftube 302, the other components of the pneumostomy catheter (such as flange 308) are shaped as necessary to accommodateoval tube 303. -
FIG. 3G shows a sectional view of an alternative distal tip of apneumostomy catheter 360. In the design shown inFIG. 3G ,tube 302 is necked down in thevicinity 362 ofpneumoplasty balloon 306. The necking down oftube 302 allows additional space forpneumoplasty balloon 306 in its deflated state. This is particularly useful for non-porous inelastic balloons which may be bulky when deflated. By necking downtube 302, towards the distal tip inregion 362 the exterior profile ofpneumoplasty balloon 306 when deflated approaches the diameter of the main length oftube 302. This allows for easier insertion and removal ofpneumostomy catheter 360. - Referring again to
FIG. 3A ,access flange 308 is designed such that it may be secured against the skin of the chest of the patient andcollar 309 may be secured totube 302 thereby fixingtube 302 in position relative to the chest of the patient.Access flange 308, is slidable along the length of thetube 302. The flange is designed to be positioned against the skin. Theflange 308 can be sutured to the main shaft to secure the flange in position along the catheter or fixed in place by other means such as tape, adhesive, clips and staples and the like or by having a built-in securing mechanism, such as a cam, ratchet, lock or the like. Thepneumostomy catheter 300 is designed to maintain a tension between the pneumoplasty balloon embedded in the lung and the thoracic wall. Onceaccess flange 308 is secured to the main shaft,access flange 308 provides the necessary counterforce for thepneumoplasty balloon 306.Access flange 308 may also be provided with an adhesive coating to temporarily secure the flange to the skin of the patient and thereby preclude accidental dislodgment of the catheter. - After
access flange 308 has been secured to the catheter, the excess length oftube 302 can be trimmed. However, prior to cutting the excess length of thetube 302, theinflation tube 320 must be separated from thetube 302 in order to maintain the inflation of thepneumoplasty balloon 306. Theinflation tube 320 fits inlumen 332 oftube 302.Lumen 332 has a tear-away feature that allowsinflation tube 320 to be separated fromtube 302 by pulling it through the slit in the inflation lumen along the excess length. Wheninflation tube 320 has been separated along the excess length oftube 302, thetube 302 can be trimmed safely.Inflation tube 320 with the check valve/pilot balloon assembly is wrapped aroundcollar 309 ofaccess flange 308 and taped down so as not to inconvenience the patient. - For certain applications it is desirable to assemble a pneumostomy catheter with a percutaneous insertion tool so that the pneumostoma catheter can penetrate through the pleural membranes and the parenchymal tissue without previous incision or dissection. The percutaneous insertion tool is a device that permits the rapid deployment of the pneumostomy catheter through the parietal and visceral membranes into the lung. The insertion tool preferably prevents deflation of the lung by rapid deployment of the pneumostomy catheter and subsequent inflation of the pneumoplasty balloon. The percutaneous insertion tool may comprise a trocar, mandrel or the like designed to fit through the main lumen of the pneumostomy catheter and dissect tissue in a minimally traumatic way thereby allowing the pneumostomy catheter to penetrate the pleural membranes and enter the parenchymal tissue of the lung.
-
FIG. 3D shows apneumostomy catheter 350 assembled with apercutaneous insertion tool 370.Percutaneous insertion tool 370 is sized to fit through the main lumen ofpneumostomy catheter 350. A dissectingtip 372 ofpercutaneous insertion tool 370 protrudes beyond the distal tip ofpneumostomy catheter 350. Dissectingtip 372 is preferably a blunt dissecting tip that pushes tissue aside rather than cutting through tissue. Ashoulder 374 engages the proximal end ofpneumostomy catheter 350 such that dissectingtip 372 is correctly positioned relative to the distal tip ofpneumostomy catheter 350. Thepercutaneous insertion tool 370 has ahandle 376 at the proximal end. Thehandle 376 is used by a physician to position thepercutaneous insertion tool 370.Pneumostomy catheter 350 is similar in design topneumostomy catheter 300 ofFIG. 3A . - As shown in
FIGS. 3D and 3E , thepneumoplasty balloon 356 ofpneumostomy catheter 350 is preferably low profile. Likewise,tube 352 ofpneumostomy catheter 350 is also preferably low profile such that the diameter oftube 352 is preferably only slightly greater than the diameter of dissectingtip 372 ofpercutaneous insertion tool 370. The low profile ofpneumoplasty balloon 356 andtube 352 facilitate the passage ofpneumostomy catheter 350 into the parenchymal tissue of the lung following the dissectingtip 372 ofpercutaneous insertion tool 370. In addition, as shown inFIGS. 3D and 3E balloon 356 is attached at its distal end insidemain lumen 353 oftube 352. This allowspneumostomy catheter 350 to have a lower profile at its distal end. This also allows the inflation profile ofballoon 356 shown by dashedline 358 to overlap somewhat the position of dissectingtip 372. -
FIG. 4A is a flowchart showing the steps of the two-phase pneumostomy technique. The two-phase technique is divided into two separate procedures. In the first procedure 420 a pleurodesis is created at the site of each planned pneumostoma. The pleurodesis can be created using chemical methods including introducing into the pleural space irritants such as antibiotics (e.g. Doxycycline or Quinacrine), antibiotics (e.g. iodopovidone or silver nitrate), anticancer drugs (e.g. Bleomycin, Mitoxantrone or Cisplatin), cytokines (e.g. interferon alpha-2β and Transforming growth factor-β); pyrogens (e.g. Corynebacterium parvum, Staphylococcus aureus superantigen or OK432); connective tissue proteins (e.g. fibrin or collagen) and minerals (e.g. talc slurry). A pleurodesis can also be created using surgical methods including pleurectomy. For example, the pleural space may be mechanically abraded during thoracoscopy or thoracotomy. This procedure is called dry abrasion pleurodesis. A pleurodesis may also be created using radiotherapy methods, including radioactive gold or external radiation. These methods cause an inflammatory response and or fibrosis, healing, and fusion of the pleural membranes. - In preferred embodiments the pleurodesis procedure is performed under local anesthetic as an out-patient procedure. The pleurodesis is created between the visceral membrane of the lung and the parietal membrane on the inner wall of the thoracic cavity. At
step 422, a small incision is made at the target location under local anesthesia. Atstep 424, a catheter is introduced into the pleural cavity to deliver a pleurodesis agent to the localized area surrounding the target location. A guide-wire may optionally be used to guide the catheter or other delivery mechanism into the pleural cavity while avoiding perforation of the lung. The pleurodesis agent is preferably a solid, mesh or gel which can be localized to the target location. Alternatively or in combination, a device may be introduced through the incision to perform a pleurectomy of the target location by e.g. mechanical abrasion of the parietal membrane. Localized pleurodesis may be enhanced by insertion of an absorbable polyglactin mesh in combination with localized pleurodesis. The mesh may be anchored in place with a suture to the chest wall. The absorbable mesh also serves to reinforce the pleural membranes at the site of the pleurodesis which may be advantageous in the second phase of the technique. - A pleurodesis may also be created at
step 422 without entering the thoracic cavity or penetrating the parietal pleura. The physician makes a small incision to visualize the parietal membrane without penetrating the parietal membrane. Once the parietal membrane is exposed, an irritant is packed against the parietal membrane external to the pleural cavity. Over time the irritant causes inflammation of the parietal membrane and pleurodesis between pleural membranes. Pleurodesis agents may be utilized as described above. - The location of the pleurodesis should either be recorded with respect to a stable anatomic feature, or marked on the skin of the patient (if the time between the first and second procedures is to be short). Alternatively, an implantable marker may be used that can be located fluoroscopically or under ultrasound. Where an implantable mesh is used as part of the pleurodesis procedure, the mesh may be provided with markers including, for example, radiopaque fibers for radiographic imaging, or echogenic cavities for ultrasound imaging. Echogenic cavities may be readily formed when extruding polyglactin and can be incorporated in the polyglactin mesh used to help generate pleurodesis. Alternatively, markers such as RFID tags or metal components may be used which may be located from out side of the device with simple handheld devices, for example, RFID antenna and/or metal detector. The marker is preferably readily localized in order to guide placement of the channel for the pneumostoma in the second phase of the procedure.
-
FIG. 4B , illustrates the delivery of amesh 450 through adelivery catheter 452 into thepleural cavity 140 between thevisceral membrane 138 andparietal membrane 108. After initiating the pleurodesis,catheter 452 is removed and the opening closed with a suture. Alternatively, a catheter or other device may be left in place to continue delivery of a pleurodesis-inducing agent until the pleurodesis is formed. Mesh 450 may be anchored in place with a suture and/or adhesive. Applicant's copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/030,006 entitled “VARIABLE PARIETAL/VISCERAL PLEURAL COUPLING” discloses methods such as pleurodesis for coupling a channel through the chest wall to the inner volume of the lung without causing a pneumothorax and is incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. - Referring again to
FIG. 4A , the formation of a stable pleurodesis may take two or more days depending upon the method used. The second procedure of the first technique should not be performed until sufficient time has passed for the pleurodesis to be secure. Thus, atstep 425 of the first technique, there is a waiting period having a duration of 48 hours or more. This wait step is acceptable because the initial pleurodesis procedure can be performed on an outpatient basis and the patient may therefore resume their regular activities between the first procedure and second procedure.FIG. 4C illustrates the formation of a stable pleurodesis. Note that in the localized region ofpleurodesis 124, thevisceral membrane 138 is fused with theparietal membrane 108 and there is no longerpleural space 140 between the pleural membranes in the localized target area. - Referring again to
FIG. 4A , the second procedure begins atstep 426. The patient is prepared using local anesthesia at the target site in addition to a sedative or general anesthesia. A chest tube may optionally be inserted into the pleural cavity in a standard manner. An incision is then opened over the pleurodesis atstep 428 and the physician performs dissection to reach the parietal membrane. Atstep 430, the physician may palpate and/observe the parietal membrane to verify the existence of a stable pleurodesis at the incision. Atstep 432 the physician creates an incision through the fused parietal and visceral membranes within the pleurodesis. If the pleurodesis has been formed correctly, the incision should not leak air into the pleural cavity and the lung will remain inflated and pushed against the chest wall. Atstep 434, the physician inserts thepneumostomy catheter 300 into the lung through the incision. The insertion may alternatively be accomplished using thepercutaneous insertion tool 370 ofFIGS. 3D-3E instead of making an incision.Pneumostomy catheter 300 should be inserted until the distal tip of the pneumostomy catheter and the entirety ofpneumoplasty balloon 306 is located within the parenchymal tissue.FIG. 4D shows thepneumostomy catheter 300 correctly positioned through thechest wall 106 and passing throughpleurodesis 124 so that thedistal tip 304 of thepneumostomy catheter 300 and the entirety of deflatedpneumoplasty balloon 306 is located within theparenchymal tissue 132 oflung 130. - Because the
pneumostomy catheter 300 will likely fill the incision throughchest wall 106, the pneumostomy catheter is provided withmarkings 310 so that the physician may gauge the placement of thecatheter 300. The physician should measure the distance from the skin to the parietal membrane and then insert the catheter to the appropriate depth. The physician may conduct a dissection of the parenchymal tissue prior to insertion of the pneumostomy catheter—however, the parenchymal tissue is generally rather friable especially in patients with advanced COPD and so dissection may not be necessary. If a large incision in the pleural membranes was made then a purse-string suture should be made around the opening prior to incision of the catheter. The purse-string suture may be tightened after insertion ofpneumostomy catheter 300. - Referring again to
FIG. 4A , atstep 436, afterpneumoplasty balloon 306 has been correctly positioned within the parenchymal tissue, a water-filled, saline-filled or air-filled syringe is connected to the coupling of the pneumostomy catheter and material is injected into the pneumoplasty balloon. Although the filling of the pneumoplasty balloon may not be directly observed, the physician may palpate thepilot balloon 322 as a marker for pneumoplasty balloon inflation. Additionally, the amount of air, water or saline required to inflate the pneumoplasty balloon to the desired shape is relatively predictable. A contrast medium may be used to inflate the pneumostomy balloon thereby allowing the position and size of the balloon to be observed and verified, for example, with X-ray or ultrasound visualization. Inflation ofpneumoplasty balloon 306 pushes asideparenchymal tissue 132 withinlung 130 creating a cavity with the parenchymal tissue. The cavity should be approximately the same size and shape aspneumoplasty balloon 306. Theinflated pneumostomy balloon 306 secures the distal end of thepneumostomy catheter 300 within the parenchymal tissue of thelung 130. - When the
pilot balloon 322 indicates that the pneumoplasty balloon is inflated, the syringe is removed and thecap 328 inserted incoupling 326. Atstep 438, after thepneumoplasty balloon 306 is inflated, the incision through the chest wall is closed around the pneumostomy catheter using one or more sutures as necessary. A suture technique suitable for a straight incision is preferred over a, purse-string suture.Access flange 308 is then pushed against the skin of the chest wall. A slight tension is applied to thepneumostomy catheter 300. In the event of air leakage around the incision, this tension will serve to occlude the leak and prevent a pneumothorax from developing. When the desired degree of tension has been achieved, thecollar 309 is fixed totube 302 with, for example, a suture, a clamp, a hose clamp, locking collar, pin, and/or surgical tape.Access flange 308 is also secured to the skin of the patient. Withaccess flange 308 pushed against the skin and secured,inflation tube 320 can be pulled out of the open portion ofinflation lumen 332 oftube 320 up to the back ofcollar 309.Tube 302 can then be shortened leaving enough length to connectmain lumen 330 to a water seal.Inflation tube 320 is then wrapped aroundcollar 309 and secured. The pneumostoma site is dressed and the patient provided with standard postoperative care.FIG. 4E , illustratespneumostomy catheter 300, with theinflated pneumoplasty balloon 306 properly located within theparenchymal tissue 132, theaccess flange 308 against theskin 114 of thechest 100 and theinflation tube 320 secured. - In some cases it may be desirable to connect
tube 302 to a water seal, Heimlich valve or similar sealing device during the immediate postoperative period to trap air or discharge fromtube 302 and prevent entry of material into thelung 130 throughtube 302.FIG. 4F , illustratespneumostomy catheter 300, with theinflated pneumoplasty balloon 306 properly located within theparenchymal tissue 132, theaccess flange 308 against theskin 114 of thechest 100 and thetube 302 connected to asealing device 460.Access flange 308 may be temporarily secured to the skin of the patient using adhesive 470. As shown inFIG. 4F , a right-angle adapter 462 is connected to the proximal end oftube 302 ofpneumostomy catheter 300. Aflexible tube 464 connects right-angle adapter 464 to sealingdevice 460. Right-angle adapter 462 reduces the profile/trajectory oftube 464 away from thechest 100 of the patient.Tube 464 may be taped or secured to the chest of the patient.Sealing device 460 may be secured to the patient but will more likely be secured bedside during the immediate postoperative period. - As shown in
FIG. 4F , sealingdevice 460 may comprise a water seal which maintains the outlet of atube 466 underwater 468. The use of a water seal for sealingdevice 460 allows for direct observation of any air that may exit throughtube 302. Air exiting the lung viatube 302 is visible asbubbles leaving tube 466 and passing throughwater 468. Although a water seal in shown, sealingdevice 460 may alternatively comprise any suitable sealing device including a Heimlich valve, flapper valve vacuum bottle and the like. After the immediate post-operative period, thesealing device 460 may be removed andpneumoplasty catheter 300 protected with a dressing or protective cover as shown, for example, inFIGS. 9D-9G . - The patient may be discharged after a short period of observation so long as there is no evidence of air leakage into the pleural cavity and consequent pneumothorax. If a chest tube has been inserted, the chest tube may be removed when no gases are being expelled from the pleural cavity. The chest tube opening is closed and dressed after removing the chest tube. The pneumostoma catheter is left in place from seven days to two weeks as the pneumostoma heals. Air flow out through the
main lumen 330 ofpneumostomy catheter 300 is expected and is not an indicator of pneumothorax. It is, however, preferable to prevent air flow into the lung through the main lumen during the immediate postoperative. Thus during this time the proximal end ofmain lumen 330 may be sealed with a check valve, water seal or provided with slight vacuum. The patient may be observed on an outpatient basis during this period until the pneumostoma has healed. The dressing may be changed periodically and the pneumostoma observed to ensure that thepneumostomy catheter 300 is not disturbed andpneumoplasty balloon 306 remains inflated. - When the physician considers that the pneumostoma has healed adequately, the
pneumostomy catheter 300 is removed and the pneumostoma is inspected. The physician will then confirm the size of the pneumostoma as preliminarily indicated by themarkings 310 on thepneumostomy catheter 300. The physician will then provide a pneumostoma management device (PMD) of the appropriate size. PMD's are described in applicant's provisional patent applications, Ser. No. 61/029,826 titled “Pneumostoma Management Device And Methods For Treatment Of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease” filed Feb. 19, 2008; Ser. No. 61/29830 titled “Enhanced Pneumostoma Management Device And Methods For Treatment Of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease” filed Feb. 19, 2008; and Ser. No. 61/032,877 titled “Pneumostoma Management System And Methods For Treatment Of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease” filed Feb. 29, 2008. The application of the PMD to the pneumostoma upon removal of pneumostomy catheter is described in more detail with respect toFIGS. 8A and 8B , below. -
FIG. 5A is a flowchart showing the steps of an accelerated two-phase pneumostomy technique. This pneumostomy technique is similar to the two-phase technique with the primary difference that the accelerated two-phase technique is performed as a single procedure. Because there is a limited time for the pleurodesis to form in this technique, different pleurodesis technology is utilized. The patient is prepared using local anesthesia at the target site in addition to a sedative or general anesthesia. A chest tube may optionally be inserted into the pleural cavity in a standard manner. Atstep 522, an incision is opened at the target location and the physician performs dissection to expose the parietal membrane. A larger incision may be required than in the first technique to permit use of the acute pleurodesis technology. - At
step 524, a material or device is delivered to the localized area surrounding the target location to create a seal between the visceral and parietal membranes in an acute manner. The seal is created in an acute manner between the pleural membranes using biocompatible glues, adhesive meshes or mechanical means such as clamps, staples, clips and/or sutures. A range of biocompatible glues are available that may be used on the lung, including light-activatable glues, fibrin glues, cyanoacrylates and two part polymerizing glues. The application of energy such as RF energy may also be used to weld the visceral and parietal membranes to each other in an acute manner. The membranes are heated to an adequate temperature using the directed energy to sufficiently denature the collagen and/or other connective tissue fibers. The membranes are then pushed into contact allowing the partially denatured fibers of the parietal and visceral membrane to contact one another mingle and bind to each other. In a preferred embodiment, RF energy is used to denature the collagen fibers which are then pressed together using a vacuum device. The adhesive, mechanical seal or tissue weld preferably develops into a pleurodesis over time. One or more of the pleurodesis agents discussed above may be used in conjunction with the sealing agent in order to promote pleurodesis formation following the procedure. - As shown in
FIG. 5B , anincision 552 is created over anintercostal space 554 betweenribs 107. Dissection is used to expose theparietal membrane 108. Thevisceral membrane 138 should be visible through theparietal membrane 108. One ormore retractors 550 may be used to aid visualization of theintercostal space 554. Apolyglactin mesh torus 556 may be coated with an adhesive and introduced between thevisceral membrane 138 and theparietal membrane 108 as shown. - After insertion of the
polyglactin mesh torus 556, further steps may optionally be taken to secure thevisceral membrane 138 to theparietal membrane 108 surrounding the target site. For example, anautomated device 558 such as automated purse-string suturing device may be used to place a ring ofsuture 560 around the target site and mesh (seeFIG. 5C ). A suitable automated purse-string suturing device may be found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,891,159 which is incorporated herein by reference. Alternatively,suture 560 may be placed by hand. Although a purse-string suture is preferred, other tissue approximation devices such as tissue anchors, staples and clips may be used instead of or in addition to the adhesive and mesh in order to create an interpleural seal in an acute manner at the target location. Depending on the technology/adhesive used the interpleural seal may be stable immediately or after a period of a few minutes. - Referring again to
FIG. 5A , atstep 530, the physician palpates and/or observes the parietal membrane to verify the existence of a stable interpleural seal at the incision. Atstep 532 the physician creates an incision through the parietal and visceral membranes within the sealed region. If the interpleural seal has been formed correctly, the incision should not leak significant amounts of air into the pleural cavity and the lung will remain inflated and pushed against thechest wall 106. A purse-string suture may be placed by hand in the visceral membrane around the incision. Atstep 534, the physician inserts thepneumostomy catheter 300 into the lung through the incision. The insertion may alternatively be accomplished using thepercutaneous insertion tool 370 ofFIGS. 3D-3E instead of making an incision. - As before, the
pneumostomy catheter 300 should be inserted until the distal tip of thepneumostomy catheter 300 and the entirety ofpneumoplasty balloon 306 are located within the parenchymal tissue.FIG. 5C illustrates the insertion ofpneumostomy catheter 300 through thehole 557 in the center ofpolyglactin mesh torus 556 and through theparietal membrane 108 andvisceral membrane 138. As described above, a purse string suture may be placed in the visceral membrane in addition to any suture of anchoring device that may be introduced to hold the visceral membrane to the parietal membrane. Where a mesh is used, the mesh is provided with a central opening which constrains the aperture through the visceral membrane without the use of a purse-string suture. Where the technology used to form the adhesion/pleurodesis does not constrain the opening through the visceral membrane with a two-dimensional structure, a purse-string suture may be useful around the opening in the visceral membrane. The purse-string suture 560 may be tightened prior to inflation ofpneumoplasty balloon 306. - Referring again to
FIG. 5A , atstep 536, afterpneumoplasty balloon 306 is located within the parenchymal tissue, a saline, air or water-filled syringe is connected to the coupling of the pneumostomy catheter and the pneumoplasty balloon is inflated as in the first technique. Atstep 538, after thepneumoplasty balloon 306 is inflated, theincision 552 through the chest wall is closed around thepneumostomy catheter 300 using one or more sutures as necessary. A suture technique suitable for a straight incision is preferred over a, purse-string suture.Flange 308 is then pushed against the skin of the chest and secured and dressed as in the two-phase technique. (SeeFIG. 4E and accompanying text). - The patient is provided with the same postoperative treatment as with the two-phase technique. When the physician considers that the pneumostoma has healed adequately, the
pneumostomy catheter 300 is removed and the pneumostoma is inspected. The physician will then verify the size of the pneumostoma and provide a pneumostoma management device (PMD) of the appropriate size. The application of the PMD to the pneumostoma upon removal ofpneumostomy catheter 300 is described in more detail with respect toFIGS. 8A and 8B , below. - The two-phase pneumostomy techniques described in
FIGS. 4A-4F and 5A-5C and accompanying text may be performed, in whole or in part using a percutaneous approach. In an exemplary procedure, a catheter is introduced to the pleural cavity using a technique such as the Seldinger technique. A needle is passed percutaneously into the pleural cavity. A guidewire is placed into the pleural cavity through the needle. The needle is then removed. A catheter is then percutaneously introduced into the pleural cavity over the guidewire. The catheter is guided fluoroscopically to the desired position for creating a pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes. The catheter delivers an agent or device for forming an adhesion/pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes at the desired location. The device may be, for example, an adhesive, adhesive mesh, tissue welding device, pleurodesis agent or other agent or device for bonding the visceral and parietal membranes to each other in an acute manner. In the second step of the technique the pneumostomy catheter is introduced through the adhesion/pleurodesis into the lung. The introduction of the pneumostomy catheter may also be carried out percutaneously. The introduction of the pneumostomy catheter may be performed in as separate procedure (two-phase technique) or in the same procedure (accelerated two-phase technique) depending upon the technology used to form the adhesion/pleurodesis. - As part of the percutaneous approach a percutaneous catheter may be used to apply energy such as RF energy may to weld the visceral and parietal membranes to each other in an acute manner. The catheter is introduced to the pleural cavity using a technique such as the Seldinger technique and guided to the desired site of the pleurodesis using e.g. fluoroscopic visualization. The catheter then heats the membranes to an adequate temperature using directed energy to sufficiently denature the collagen and/or other connective tissue fibers. In a preferred embodiment, RF energy is used as the heat source. The catheter then applies vacuum to the parietal and visceral membranes, pushing them into contact, and allowing the partially denatured fibers of the parietal and visceral membrane to contact one another, mingle and bind to each other.
-
FIG. 6A is a flowchart showing the steps of the single-phase pneumostomy technique. This technique is similar to the accelerated two-phase technique with the exception that no interpleural seal is created prior to entering the pleural space and lung. Because no preliminary interpleural seal is created the lung may deflate during the procedure resulting in a temporary pneumothorax. Thetechnique 612 begins with the patient given a general anesthetic, intubated and ventilated via the other lung. A chest tube is inserted into the pleural cavity in a standard manner at a location away from the target area to assist with re-inflation of the lung after the procedure. Atstep 622, an incision is opened at the target location and the physician performs dissection to expose theparietal membrane 108. A larger incision may be required than in the first two techniques to permit access to the pleural cavity. In some cases a minithoracotomy may be performed, in other cases, a smaller rib resection may be used instead of a minithoracotomy. In other cases sufficient access may be obtained by retracting the ribs without resection. Atstep 624, a small incision is made in the parietal membrane at the target location. The incision in the parietal membrane allows air to enter the pleural space causing the lung to shrink away from theparietal membrane 108. Atstep 624, a lung manipulation device is inserted through the incision to grasp the visceral membrane of the lung and approximate it to the opening in the parietal membrane. A pleurodesis agent may be applied between the visceral membrane and parietal membrane surrounding the opening at this time to promote pleurodesis after the procedure. -
FIG. 6B shows a minithoracotomy in which a section of arib 107 has been resected to provide access to thepleural cavity 140 through anincision 650. Dissection is used to expose theparietal membrane 108. Theparietal membrane 108 has been retracted around opening 650 to provide access to thelung 130. One ormore retractors 654 may be used to aid with visualization of thepleural cavity 140. Note that thelung 130 has pulled back from the parietal membrane because air has entered thepleural cavity 140. Alung manipulation device 652 is therefore inserted through theopening 650 to manipulate thevisceral membrane 138 of the surface oflung 130. The lung manipulation device may be a blunt forceps or a suction device or similar tool designed to grip the visceral membrane without tearing the visceral membrane. One or more of the pleurodesis agents discussed above may be applied to theparietal membrane 108 or visceral membrane at this time to promote pleurodesis formation following the procedure. - Referring again to
FIG. 6A , atstep 630, the physician may choose to secure thevisceral membrane 108 to theparietal membrane 138 around the opening into thepleural cavity 140. The lung manipulation device is used to approximate the visceral and parietal membranes. When the membranes are approximated, the visceral membrane is fixed to the parietal membrane using several sutures distributed around the perimeter of the opening in the parietal membrane. Although sutures are preferred, other materials and methods may be used, such as, e.g. adhesives, staples, clips, tissue anchors and the like. - At
step 632 the physician creates a small incision through the visceral membrane. The surgeon may additionally put a purse-string suture around the site of the incision. Atstep 634 the physician inserts the distal tip of thepneumostomy catheter 300 through the incision into the lung. If the visceral membrane was not secured to the parietal membrane atstep 630, it will be necessary to provide counter-pressure with the lung manipulation tool during introduction of thepneumostomy catheter 300 into the lung. As before, thepneumostomy catheter 300 should be inserted until the distal tip of thepneumostomy catheter 300 and the entirety ofpneumoplasty balloon 306 is located within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. The purse-string suture may be tightened prior to inflation ofpneumoplasty balloon 306. Atstep 636, after thepneumoplasty balloon 306 is located within the parenchymal tissue, a saline, water or air-filled syringe is connected to the coupling of thepneumostomy catheter 300 and thepneumoplasty balloon 306 is inflated as in the first technique. -
FIG. 6C illustrates apneumostomy catheter 300 inserted through thevisceral membrane 138 into the parenchymal tissue oflung 130. A purse-string suture 656 is shown around thepneumostomy catheter 300. Thelung 130 shown inFIG. 6C was not fixed to the parietal membrane prior to insertion ofpneumostomy catheter 300. However, now that the pneumostomy catheter is secured within the lung by the pneumoplasty balloon and the purse-string suture, the visceral membrane may be approximated to the parietal membrane during the closing of the opening. - Referring again to
FIG. 6A , atstep 638, after thepneumoplasty balloon 306 is inflated, the incision through the chest wall is closed around the pneumostomy catheter using one or more sutures as necessary. If the pleural membranes were not previously secured to one another, the visceral membrane is drawn into contact with the parietal membrane using thepneumostomy catheter 300. After the opening through the chest wall has been closed,flange 308 is pushed against the skin of the chest wall and secured as in the two-phase technique. (SeeFIG. 4E and accompanying text). Slight tension is applied to thepneumostomy catheter 300 prior to securingflange 308 to ensure that the pleural membranes are in good contact with each other. The pneumostoma site is dressed. At this point, the chest should be sealed and there should be little air leaking into the pleural cavity at the site of the pneumostomy catheter. However, some air may continue to leak until a pleurodesis forms between the visceral and parietal membranes surrounding the pneumostomy catheter. The chest drain should therefore be left in to apply negative pressure to the pleural cavity to re-inflate and then maintain the inflation of the lung until there is no longer any leakage into the pleural cavity. This may take from one to three days. After any air leakage into the pleural cavity is resolved, the chest tube is removed. The pneumostomy catheter is left in place from one to two weeks while the pneumostoma heals as in the two-phase pneumostomy techniques. - Although this procedure has been illustrated using a minithoracotomy for access to the lung, other approaches may be used. For example, the procedure may also be performed in a less invasive fashion by entering the pleural cavity through the intercostal space and retracting the ribs rather than removing a section of rib. The procedure may also be performed using a minimally invasive approach under thorascopic guidance.
- The patient is provided with the same postoperative treatment as with the two-phase pneumostomy techniques. When the physician considers that the pneumostoma has healed adequately, the pneumostomy catheter is removed and the pneumostoma is inspected. The physician will then verify the size of the pneumostoma and provide a pneumostoma management device (PMD) of the appropriate size. The application of the PMD to the pneumostoma upon removal of pneumostomy catheter is described in more detail with respect to
FIGS. 8A AND 8B , below. -
FIG. 7A is a flowchart showing the steps of a percutaneous single-phase pneumostomy technique. This pneumostomy technique is similar to the accelerated two-phase technique with the primary difference that no prior pleurodesis is formed. Because no pleurodesis is formed in this technique, different technology is utilized to deliver the pneumostomy catheter into the lung. The pneumostomy catheter is assembled with a percutaneous insertion tool and delivered into the parenchymal tissue of the lung through the pleural cavity. Tension on the pneumostomy catheter after the balloon is inflated serves to hold the visceral and parietal pleural membranes in opposition and seal any leakage during pneumostoma formation. A chest tube may be inserted prior to the procedure in order to extract any air that may leak into the pleural cavity during the procedure. - Referring again to
FIG. 7A , prior to the procedure, the patient is prepared using local anesthesia at the target site in addition to a sedative or general anesthesia. A chest tube is preferably inserted into the pleural cavity as a prophylactic measure. Atstep 722, an incision is opened at the target location and the physician performs dissection to expose the parietal membrane. Atstep 724, a material or device may be optionally delivered to the localized area surrounding the target location to promote pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes after the procedure. One or more of the pleurodesis agents discussed above may be used in order to promote pleurodesis formation following the procedure however it is not expected that the pleurodesis will form during the procedure itself. Atstep 726, the physician assembles thepneumostomy catheter 350 with thepercutaneous insertion tool 370 as described inFIGS. 3D and 3E and accompanying text. Atstep 734, the physician inserts thepneumostomy catheter 350 into the lung through the parietal and visceral membranes using thepercutaneous insertion tool 370. As before, thepneumostomy catheter 350 should be inserted until the distal tip of thepneumostomy catheter 350 and the entirety ofpneumoplasty balloon 356 are located within the parenchymal tissue.FIG. 7B illustrates the insertion ofpneumostomy catheter 350 through theparietal membrane 108 andvisceral membrane 138 through thepleural cavity 140. Because there is no pleurodesis between theparietal membrane 108 andvisceral membrane 138, a small amount of air may leak into the pleural cavity aroundtube 352. However, the chest tube should be able to extract the small amount of air and thelung 130 will remain inflated and pushed against thechest wall 106. - Referring again to
FIG. 7A , atstep 736, afterpneumoplasty balloon 356 is located within theparenchymal tissue 132 thepneumoplasty balloon 356 is inflated as in the first technique. Atstep 737, thepercutaneous insertion tool 370 is removed from the main lumen of pneumostomy catheter 350 (this step may alternatively be performed before balloon inflation). Atstep 738, after thepneumoplasty balloon 356 is inflated,flange 308 is pushed against the skin of the chest as shown inFIG. 7C . Tension is applied totube 352 ofpneumostomy catheter 350 drawing thelung 130 towardsthoracic wall 106 and bringing theparietal membrane 108 andvisceral membrane 138 into contact. The contact between theparietal membrane 108 andvisceral membrane 138 should reduce or eliminate any air leak aroundtube 352. Moreover, the contact between theparietal membrane 108 andvisceral membrane 138 should mature into a pleurodesis during the postoperative period. Theballoon 356 andtube 352 may be coated and/or impregnated with a pleurodesis agent to promote the formation of the pleurodesis. After the tension is applied totube 352,pneumostomy catheter 350 is secured and dressed as in the two-phase technique. (SeeFIG. 4E and accompanying text). - The patient is provided with the same postoperative treatment as with the two-phase technique. When the physician considers that the pneumostoma has healed adequately, the
pneumostomy catheter 350 is removed and the pneumostoma is inspected. The physician will then verify the size of the pneumostoma and provide a pneumostoma management device (PMD) of the appropriate size. The application of the PMD to the pneumostoma upon removal ofpneumostomy catheter 350 is described in more detail with respect toFIGS. 8A and 8B , below. - Referring again to
FIG. 7A , additional tools or devices may be used atstep 724 to stabilize the parietal and visceral membranes in the region surrounding the target location for the pneumostoma. Such tools and/or device may be used to stabilize the visceral and parietal membranes before insertion of thepneumostomy catheter 350. They may optionally remain in place after insertion of thepneumostomy catheter 350. In some cases the devices may be implantable and/or absorbable such that they may be left in place and be absorbed by the body over time. -
FIG. 7D shows an example of alung retraction tool 740 inserted percutaneously throughthoracic wall 106 into thelung 130 prior to insertion of thepneumostomy catheter 350.Retraction tool 740 comprises a thintubular shaft 742 in which is received arod 744. At the proximal end ofshaft 742 is mounted anactuator 746. Operation ofactuator 746 generates reciprocal movement ofrod 744 andshaft 742. - At the distal end of
shaft 742 is mounted ananchor 748.Anchor 748 has a first low-profile configuration (not shown) in which it has approximately the same diameter asshaft 742.Anchor 748 may be readily introduced percutaneously into the lung in this first low-profile configuration. Afteranchor 748 is positioned within the lung,actuator 746 is operated to moverod 744 withinshaft 742. The movement ofrod 744 relative toshaft 742cause anchor 748 to reconfigure into a second configuration (as shown) in which it extends laterally from the diameter ofshaft 742. In this second configuration (as shown),anchor 748 is designed to engage thevisceral membrane 138 of thelung 130. - After
anchor 748 has been deployed to the second configuration, a slight tension may be applied tolung retraction tool 740 to drawvisceral membrane 138 into contact withparietal membrane 108.Lung retraction tool 740 may then be secured into position using alocking flange 747 mounted onshaft 742.Lung retraction tool 740 is preferably positioned laterally displaced and adjacent the target site for the pneumostoma in the same intercostal space. A secondlung retraction tool 740 may be positioned on the other side of the target site with sufficiency space between the lung retraction tools for introduction ofpneumostomy catheter 350. After introduction and deployment of the pneumostomy catheter (as described above), theanchor 748 is returned to the first low-profile configuration and the lung retraction tool(s) is(are) removed. - A number of different devices may be delivered percutaneously to stabilize the visceral and parietal membranes, including for example, suture, clips, staples, adhesive and/or adhesive patches.
FIG. 7E shows an example of alung anchor 750 inserted percutaneously throughthoracic wall 106 into thelung 130 prior to insertion of thepneumostomy catheter 350.Lung anchor 750 comprises anelongate body 752. At the distal end ofbody 752 isanchor head 758. Along theelongated body 752 are arrayed a plurality ofbarbs 754 oriented so as to prevent distal movement ofelongate body 752 through tissue in the direction ofanchor head 758. -
Lung anchor 750 is inserted into a thin walled needle/cannula 760 for insertion through the chest wall. Needle/cannula 760 holdsanchor head 758 in a low profile configuration during introduction intolung 130. Whenanchor head 758 is correctly positioned within thelung 130, needle/cannula 760 is withdrawn.Anchor head 758 springs into a wide profile configuration designed to engage the visceral membrane of the lung—seeanchor head 758 a. After needle/cannula has been withdrawn,barbs 754 are also able to engage the tissue ofchest wall 130. As light tension may be applied toelongate body 752 to drawvisceral membrane 138 into contact withparietal membrane 108.Barbs 754 engage the tissue ofchest wall 130 to maintain the tension inelongate body 752. One or more lung anchors 750 may be introduced adjacent the target site for the pneumostoma in the same intercostal space to stabilize the visceral and parietal membranes during insertion ofpneumostomy catheter 350. -
Lung anchor 750 may be made from biocompatible metals and/or polymers. Inparticular lung anchor 750 may be made from a superelastic metal, for example NITINOL. Alternatively,lung anchor 750 maybe made of an absorbable material, for example polyglactin. Where the anchoring device is made of an absorbable material it may be left in place and absorbed following the introduction and securing orpneumostomy catheter 350. -
FIGS. 7F-7H illustrate analternative lung anchor 778 which may be used to stabilize thevisceral membrane 138 andparietal membrane 108 prior to and during the pneumostomy procedure. As shown inFIG. 7F ,lung anchor 778 is implanted with anapplicator 770.Applicator 770 has a thintubular shaft 772 in which is receivedlung anchor 778.Shaft 772 is inserted percutaneously untillung anchor 778 is correctly positioned. At the proximal end ofshaft 772 is mounted anactuator 776. Operation ofactuator 776 operates to ejectlung anchor 778 fromshaft 772 into tissue adjacent the distal end ofshaft 772 in the manner of a surgical staple or clip applier.Actuator 776 is then removed leaving the lung anchor in position to stabilize theparietal membrane 108 andvisceral membrane 138—see deployedanchor 778 a ofFIG. 7F . On or more lung anchors 778 are preferably positioned laterally displaced and adjacent the target site for the pneumostoma in the same intercostal space prior to the pneumostomy procedure. -
FIG. 7G shows an enlarged view oflung anchor 778.Lung anchor 778 includes alongitudinal body 780, a first set ofretainers 782 and a second set ofretainers 784. As shown inFIG. 7G , theretainers body 780 in the undeployed configuration. The lung anchor is place inapplicator 770 in this undeployed configuration. After insertion into thetissue retainers body 780 to engage tissue as shown inFIG. 7G .FIG. 7H shows alung anchor 778 a withretainers Retainers parietal membrane 108 and the other set may engage thevisceral membrane 138 and thereby secure the two pleural membranes to one another. - The transition from undeployed configuration to deployed configuration may be achieved in a number of ways. For
example lung anchor 778 may be mechanically constrained in the undeployed configuration bytubular shaft 772 such that, when released,retainers lung anchor 778 may be formed of a shape memory polymer or metal such that upon insertion into the tissue, the material of the anchor transitions from the undeployed configuration 778 (FIG. 7G ) to the stored deployedconfiguration 778 a (FIG. 7H ).Lung anchor 778 may be made from biocompatible metals and/or polymers. Inparticular lung anchor 778 may be made from a superelastic metal, for example NITINOL. Alternatively,lung anchor 778 maybe made of an absorbable material, for example polyglactin. Where the anchoring device is made of an absorbable material it may be left in place and absorbed following the pneumostomy procedure. - As described above, a pneumostoma may be created to treat the symptoms of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. A patient is typically provided with a pneumostoma management system to protect the pneumostoma and keeps the pneumostoma open on a day-to-day basis. In general terms a pneumostoma management device (“PMD”) comprises a tube which is inserted into the pneumostoma and an external component which is secured to the skin of the patient to keep the tube in place. Gases escape from the lung through the tube and are vented external to the patient. The pneumostoma management device may, in some, but not all cases, include a filter which only permits gases to enter or exit the tube. The pneumostoma management device may, in some, but not all cases, include a one-way valve which allows gases to exit the lung but not enter the lung through the tube.
-
FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrate application of a pneumostoma management device (“PMD”) 800 to apneumostoma 110 formed in accordance with a pneumostomy procedure of the present invention.PMD 800 includes achest mount 802 which may be mounted to thechest 100 of the patient and apneumostoma vent 804 which is fitted to thechest mount 802.Pneumostoma vent 804 is mounted through anaperture 824 inchest mount 802.Chest mount 802 has a first coupling that engages a second coupling of the pneumostoma vent to releasably secure thepneumostoma vent 804 to thechest mount 802. A patient will typically wear a PMD at all times after formation of the pneumostoma and thus the materials should meet high standards for biocompatibility. A pneumostoma management device and system for use with such a pneumostoma management device is described in provisional patent application 61/032,877 entitled “Pneumostoma Management System And Methods For Treatment Of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease” filed Feb. 29, 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference. -
Pneumostoma vent 804 includes atube 840 sized and configured to fit within the channel ofpneumostoma 110.Tube 840 is stiff enough that it may be inserted intopneumostoma 110 without collapsing.Tube 840 may be round, oval or some other shape depending on the shape of the pneumostoma. Over time a pneumostoma may constrict and thePMD 800 is designed to preserve the patency of thechannel 120 ofpneumostoma 110 by resisting the natural tendency of the pneumostoma to constrict.Pneumostoma vent 804 includes acap 842 and ahydrophobic filter 848 over the proximal end oftube 840.Hydrophobic filter 848 is positioned and mounted such that material passing in and out ofpneumostoma 110 throughtube 840 ofpneumostoma vent 804 must pass throughhydrophobic filter 848. -
Tube 840 ofpneumostoma vent 804 is sufficiently long that it can pass through thethoracic wall 106 and into thecavity 122 of a pneumostoma inside thelung 130.Pneumostoma vent 804 is not however so long that it penetrates so far into thelung 130 that it causes injury. The length oftube 840 required for apneumostoma vent 804 varies significantly between different pneumostomas. Alonger tube 840 is usually required in patients with larger amounts of body fat on the chest. Alonger tube 840 is usually required where the pneumostoma is placed in thelateral position 112 rather than thefrontal position 110. Because of the variation in pneumostomas, pneumostoma vents 804 are manufactured havingtubes 840 in a range of sizes.Tube 840 may be from 30 to 180 mm in length and from 5 mm to 20 mm in diameter depending on the size of a pneumostoma. Atypical tube 840 may be between 40 mm and 100 mm in length and between 8 mm and 12 mm in diameter. When the pneumostomy catheter is removed, the physician should gauge the size of the pneumostoma that has been created for the particular patient and provide apneumostoma vent 804 having atube 840 of appropriate length for the pneumostoma. The markings on the side of thepneumostomy catheter 300 may also assist the physician in determining the approximate length ofpneumostoma vent 804. - To use
PMD 800,chest mount 802 is first positioned over a pneumostoma and secured with adhesive to theskin 114 of the patient.Chest mount 802 may be positioned by manual alignment of theaperture 824 ofchest mount 802 with the aperture of thepneumostoma 110. Alternatively apneumostoma vent 804 or an alignment tool may be used to help align thechest mount 802. As shown inFIG. 8B the low profile ofchest mount 802 allows it to be inconspicuously positioned on thechest 100 of a patient in either of the frontal 110 or lateral 112 locations illustrated inFIG. 1A .Cap 842 ofpneumostoma vent 804 is received in a recess inchest mount 802 such thattube 840 is secured inside thechannel 120 of thepneumostoma 110. - The removal of the
pneumostomy catheter 300 and application of thefirst PMD 800 will be performed by the physician. However, the patient will subsequently be responsible for applying and removing thechest mount 802 and the insertion, removal and disposal ofpneumostoma vent 804. Thepneumostoma management device 800 is preferably provided as part of a system which assists the patient in utilizing the chest mount and pneumostoma vent and keeping the pneumostoma clean and free of irritation/infection while trapping sputum, mucous and other discharge. The patient will exchange onepneumostoma vent 804 for another and dispose of the usedpneumostoma vent 804.Pneumostoma vent 804 will be replaced periodically, such as daily, or when necessary. The patient will be provided with a supply of pneumostoma vents 804 of the appropriate size by a medical practitioner or by prescription.Chest mount 802 will also be replaced periodically, such as weekly, or when necessary. The patient will also be provided with a supply ofchest mount 802 by a medical practitioner or by prescription. A one week supply of pneumostoma vent 804 (such as seven pneumostoma vents 804) may be conveniently packaged together with onechest mount 802. Pneumostoma management devices of different design as discussed in the previously referenced patent applications may also be used. -
FIGS. 9A-E show alternative pneumostomy instruments for use in pneumostomy procedures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention. The instruments have an expanding mechanism (such as a balloon) for creating a cavity in the parenchymal tissue of the lung thereby engaging the parenchymal tissue and allowing the lung to be drawn towards the thoracic wall. The instruments have a tube connected to the expanding mechanism for drawing the expanding mechanism towards the chest wall and having a lumen to connect to the cavity in the parenchymal tissue. The instruments have a securing mechanism (such as a sliding flange) for securing the position of the expanding mechanism after applying tension to the tube. The function of the various components can be achieved in a variety of ways. -
FIGS. 9A and 9B show different sectional views analternative pneumostomy instrument 900 having anouter tube 902 and aninner tube 904 in a coaxial relationship. The inner tube is 904 connected to theouter tube 902 at the proximal end of the instrument by a fitting 906. Aninflation lumen 908 is defined by the space between theinner tube 904 andouter tube 906. Theinflation lumen 908 is sealed at the proximal end of theinstrument 900 by the fitting 906. At the distal end, theinner tube 904 protrudes beyond the end of theouter tube 906. Aninflatable pneumoplasty balloon 910 is connected between the end of theinner tube 904 and the end of theouter tube 906 as shown inFIG. 9A thereby sealing the distal end of theinflation lumen 908. Thus air, water or saline inserted through fitting 906 passes throughinflation lumen 908 intopneumoplasty balloon 910 thereby inflatingballoon 910 to the position shown by dottedline 911. Anaccess flange 912 is provided in sliding engagement with the exterior of theouter tube 902.FIG. 9B shows a sectional view ofpneumostomy instrument 900 along the line B-B ofFIG. 9A .FIG. 9B showsouter tube 902,inner tube 904,inflation lumen 908 andmain lumen 914.Pneumostomy instrument 900 is used in the same way aspneumostomy catheter 300 ofFIGS. 3A through 3C with the exception that pneumostomyinstrument 900 has no facility to be shortened after the pneumostomy procedure.Pneumostomy instrument 900 may also be used with apercutaneous insertion instrument 370 as shown inFIGS. 3D-3E . -
FIG. 9C shows a perspective view of analternative pneumostomy instrument 920 that uses an expanding pneumoplasty mechanism instead of a pneumoplasty balloon. As shown inFIG. 9C , the expandingpneumoplasty mechanism 922, comprises apolymer skin 924 covering a flexible expanding cage formed of sixbars 926. The distal end of eachbar 926 is fixed to the distal end ofinner tube 928 adjacent atraumaticdistal tip 931. The proximal end of eachbar 926 is fixed to the distal end ofouter tube 930.Outer tube 930 is received overinner tube 928 and can slide relative toinner tube 928. At the proximal end ofouter tube 930 is a threadednut 932 which rides onthreads 933 on the exterior ofinner tube 928.Inner tube 928 comprises amain lumen 929 which runs from the proximal end to the distal end ofpneumostomy instrument 920. - Expanding
pneumoplasty mechanism 922 is expanded by turningnut 932 clockwise which drivesnut 932 andouter tube 930 distally relative toinner tube 928. Whenouter tube 930 moves distally relative toinner tube 928,bars 926, which are initially approximately parallel toinner tube 928, bend outwards frominner tube 928 as shown. Thebars 926push polymer skin 924 outwards in the ball shape shown.Nut 932 may be provided with a stop to indicate when the expandingpneumoplasty mechanism 922 is fully expanded.Nut 932 may also be provided with a safety lock, such as a ratchet which locks the nut in position until removal of the pneumoplasty instrument is desired. -
Pneumostomy instrument 920 includes anaccess flange 934 which slides on the exterior ofouter tube 930 for engaging the chest of the patient. However, as shown inFIG. 9C ,access flange 934 is also driven by anut 936 which rides onthreads 938 on the exterior ofouter tube 930. Turningnut 936 clockwisedrives access flange 934 distally thereby drawing the expandingpneumoplasty mechanism 922 closer towards the chest wall.Nut 936 may also be provided with a safety lock, such as a ratchet which locks the nut in position until removal of the pneumoplasty instrument is desired.Access flange 934 and its driving and locking mechanism may be substituted foraccess flange 912 oraccess flange 308. -
Pneumostomy instrument 920 is used in the same way aspneumostomy catheter 300 ofFIGS. 3A through 3C with the exceptions that expansion of expandingpneumoplasty mechanism 922 is by turningnut 932 rather than inflating a balloon and positioning ofaccess flange 934 is by turningnut 936 rather then sliding and suturing.Pneumostomy instrument 920 may also be used with apercutaneous insertion instrument 370 as shown inFIGS. 3D-3E . -
FIGS. 9D and 9E show sectional and perspective views respectively of a post-operativeprotective cover 940.Protective cover 940 includesdome 942 which is specially-shaped to protect the exterior components of thepneumostomy catheter 300 during the post-operative period in which a pneumostoma is healing. As shown inFIGS. 9D and 9E ,dome 942 is pear-shaped to accommodate thepilot balloon 322,check valve 324 andcap 328.Flange 308 is shaped to fit snugly withincover 940 and thus is also pear-shaped. The contact between the inside edge ofdome 942 and the raisedlip 950 offlange 308 effectively seals the space betweendome 942 andflange 308.Dome 942 should be relatively low-profile and smooth so as not to restrict movement of the patient or interfere with the patient's clothing. -
Protective cover 940 has twoclips 944 for engagingaccess flange 308. Each ofclips 944 comprises acatch 946 for engaging a detent in raisedlip 950 offlange 308. Each ofclips 944 also has arelease lever 948 for disengagingcatch 946 fromflange 308. In use,protective cover 940 can be clipped toflange 308 by pushingclips 944 into position over raisedlip 950.Protective cover 940 is released by squeezinglever arms 948 towardsdome 942. In other embodiments,protective cover 940 may be releasably secured toflange 308 using other suitable mechanisms or by a releasable adhesive. Alternatively,protective cover 940 may be secured to thechest 100 of the patient directly as shown inFIGS. 9F-9G . -
Dome 942 is preferably made of a stiff hydrophobic material such that whenprotective cover 940 is in position overpneumostomy catheter 300,protective cover 940 prevents entry of water or other foreign matter intotube 302.Dome 942 is also designed to capture any discharge fromtube 302.Dome 942 is also preferably porous either in whole or in part to allow air to circulate and pass in and out oftube 302.Protective cover 940 is a disposable component—like a dressing—and will typically be removed and exchanged for a replacement every day or few days as required. -
FIGS. 9F and 9G shows sectional and perspective views respectively of an alternative post-operativeprotective cover 960.Protective cover 960 is similar in shape and function toprotective cover 940, however,protective dome 960 attaches directly to the skin of the patient rather than to the flange of thepneumostomy catheter 300.Protective cover 960 includesdome 962 which is specially-shaped to protect the exterior components of thepneumostomy catheter 300 during the post-operative period in which a pneumostoma is healing. As shown inFIGS. 9F and 9G ,dome 962 is pear-shaped and defines acavity 964 sized to accommodate thetube 302,pilot balloon 322,check valve 324,flange 308 and cap 328 ofpneumostomy catheter 300. The flat edge ofdome 962 is coated with an adhesive 966, such as a hydrocolloid adhesive, to attachcover 960 to thechest 100 of the patient. The contact between the adhesive 966 and theskin 114 on thechest 100 of the patient effectively seals the space surroundingpneumostomy catheter 300.Dome 962 should be relatively low-profile and smooth so as not to restrict movement of the patient or interfere with the patient's clothing during the postoperative period. -
Dome 962 is preferably made of a stiff hydrophobic material such that whenprotective cover 960 is in position overpneumostomy catheter 300,protective cover 960 prevents entry of water or other foreign matter intotube 302.Dome 962 is also designed to capture anydischarge form tube 302.Dome 962 is also preferably porous either in whole or in part to allow air to circulate and pass in and out oftube 302.Protective cover 960 is a disposable component—like a dressing—and will typically be removed and exchanged for a replacement every day or every few days as required. -
FIGS. 10A-10F show views of analternate pneumostomy instrument 1000.FIGS. 10A-10C show pneumostomy instrument 1000 in its expanded position in which the pneumostomy instrument is configured to secure the lung of a patient.FIGS. 10D-10F show pneumostomy instrument 1000 in its expanded position in which the pneumostomy instrument is configured during insertion to and removal from the lung. -
FIG. 10A shows a perspective view ofpneumostomy instrument 1000.FIG. 10B shows a sectional view ofpneumostomy instrument 1000 andFIG. 10C shows an enlarged sectional view of the distal end ofpneumostomy instrument 1000. As shown inFIG. 10A ,pneumostomy instrument 1000 comprises atube 1002 having at the distal end an expandingbasket 1010 and having aproximal structure 1020. - The
tube 1002 is between five and ten inches in length and is preferably between six and seven inches in length. The tube may be from one quarter to three quarters of an inch in diameter and is preferably ⅜ of an inch in diameter. The tube has alumen 1003. In a preferred embodiment, the tube is made from e.g. c-flex 50A). However other biocompatible thermoplastic elastomers may be used. The relatively soft material of thetube 1002 allows thetube 1002 to fold over outside the body in order that it may be secured during the immediate postoperative period. Reinforcing features may be added totube 1002 to increase its column strength and tensile strength. However, it is preferred that the reinforcement does not prevent thetube 1002 from bending. For example longitudinal inelastic reinforcing fibers may be embedded intube 1002 or otherwise affixed thetube 1002 in order to increase the tensile strength while still permitting bending. In another example,tube 1002 may be spiral wound with wire (or be embedded with said wire) to increase its column strength while still permitting bending. - The material of the expanding
basket 1010 is selected such that it can maintained the desired expanded profile when positioned within the lung but can be safely returned to a low profile for extraction. The harder durometer material of the basket allows it to maintain its expanded shape in the lung. In a preferred embodiment, the expandingbasket 1010 is made from a harder durometer material, for example c-flex (e.g. c-flex 90A) than the tube (e.g. c-flex 50A). However other thermoplastic elastomers may be used. - The expanding
basket 1010 may also be covered with a thin elastic covering that allows for expansion and collapse of the basket for example an elastic balloon material. See, for example,polymer skin 924 covering the flexible expanding cage inFIG. 9C . The covering would assist the expandingbasket 1010 in pushing aside parenchymal tissue of the lung during expansion of the basket. The covering would thus assist anchoring of the expandingbasket 1010 within the lung while facilitating later removal of expanding basket after the pneumostoma has formed. The thin covering may also extend along the length oftube 1002 to maintain a uniform outside diameter and to help with stabilization of thetube 1002. As shown inFIG. 10A ,pneumostomy instrument 1000 is provided with amandrel 1040.Mandrel 1040 includes anelongated member 1042 adapted to fit throughtube 1002 into expandingbasket 1010. Thedistal tip 1046 ofmandrel 1042 is adapted to engage expandingbasket 1010 and stretch it into a linear configuration suitable for insertion and removal of the instrument. The mandrel also imparts extra stiffness topneumostomy instrument 1000 during insertion and removal.Mandrel 1040 has aluer fitting 1048 attached to the proximal end. Luer fitting 1048 engages the female luer fitting 1026 to securemandrel 1040 withinpneumostomy instrument 1000 during insertion and removal.Mandrel 1040 may be provided with a radio marker, radiopaque or echogenic material incorporated in thedistal tip 1046 so that the tip may be visualized during insertion of the pneumostomy instrument. - As shown in
FIG. 10A ,pneumostomy instrument 1000 may also be provided with anaccess flange 1050.Access flange 1050 is designed such that it may be secured against the skin of the chest of the patient andcollar 1052 may be secured totube 1002 thereby fixingtube 1002 in position relative to the chest of the patient.Access flange 1052, is slidable along the length of thetube 1002. Theflange 1052 is designed to be positioned against the skin. Theflange 1050 can be sutured totube 1002 to secure the flange in position along the catheter or fixed in place by other means such as tape, adhesive, clips and staples and the like or by having a built-in securing mechanism, such as a cam, ratchet, lock or the like. Theflange 1052 is designed to maintain a tension between the expandingbasket 1010 embedded in the lung and the thoracic wall. Onceaccess flange 1050 is secured totube 1002,access flange 1050 provides the necessary counterforce for the expandingbasket 1010.Access flange 1050 may also be provided with anadhesive coating 1054 to temporarily secure theflange 1050 to the skin of the patient and thereby preclude accidental dislodgment of the catheter. -
FIG. 10C shows a sectional view of expandingbasket 1010. Expandingbasket 1010 comprises anouter section 1012 and aninner section 1014.Outer section 1012 has aproximal tube 1011 and adistal tube 1013 connected by a plurality of expandingelements 1016.Proximal tube 1011 is bonded totube 1002.Distal tube 1013 end indistal aperture 1018. Optional, side apertures may also be provided indistal tube 1013 and orproximal tube 1011. Expandingelements 1016 are shaped such that they extend radially from the long axis of expandingbasket 1010. Expanding elements are formed in the expanded configuration.Outer section 1012 is butt joined to the distal end oftube 1002. Expandingbasket 1010 may be provided with a radio marker, radiopaque or echogenic material incorporated in thedistal tip 1046 so that the tip may be visualized during insertion of the pneumostomy instrument. Expandingbasket 1010 is designed to push aside the parenchymal tissues of the lung when expanded thereby creating a cavity within the parenchymal tissue. Expandingbasket 1010 is also designed to anchorpneumostomy catheter 1000 within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. Alternative expanding devices may be used so long as they achieve these same functions. -
Inner section 1014 is generally tubular and fits withinproximal tube 1011 anddistal tube 1013 ofouter section 1012. In a preferred embodimentinner section 1014 is a hollow metal tube having a reduceddiameter tip 1017.Inner section 1014 is bonded todistal tube 1013.Inner section 1014 also has a plurality ofbarbs 1015 for securinginner section 1014 todistal tube 1013.Inner section 1014 is slidingly received withinproximal tube 1011. - A length of
suture 1004 is fixed to the proximal end ofinner section 1014.Suture 1004 may be used to secureinner section 1014 in the position shown inFIG. 10C .Suture 1004 runs through thelumen 1003 oftube 1004 and out throughproximal structure 1020. As shown inFIG. 10B , twostops suture 1004. Thedistal stop 1007 is responsible for limiting the pull or throw of the suture, preventing the physician from over expanding the basket. Theproximal stop 1006 is used to assure the basket stays expanded while in place in the body. The proximal end ofsuture 1004 is securely fixed to a pull-ring 1028 which helps the physician or user grasp and pull the suture. -
FIG. 10B shows a sectional view ofproximal structure 1020. The distal end ofinner section 1014 and section 1012 (as shown inFIG. 10C ) suture 1004 runs through thelumen 1003.Proximal structure 1020 includes a plastically Y-connector 1022. The distal end of Y-connector 1022 is bonded to the proximal end oftube 1002 with a UV-cured adhesive. Thestraight arm 1021 of the Y-connector 1022 is attached to a high flow female luer fitting 1026 with a UV-cured adhesive. Theside arm 1023 of the Y-connector is attached to a Tuohy Borst connector (Tuohy) 1024. The components may be secured to each other using adhesive, welding, melting or other techniques appropriate to the materials to be secured.Suture 1004 passes through theTuohy 1024.Stop 1006 is sized such that whenTuohy 1024 is open it may pass throughgrommet 1023. However, whenTuohy 1024 is closed (as shown inFIG. 10B )stop 1006 may not pass throughgrommet 1023.Stop 1007 is too large to pass intoTuohy 1024. -
FIGS. 10D-10F show views ofpneumostomy instrument 1000 configured for introduction or removal from the lung of a patient. In thisconfiguration mandrel 1040 has been inserted intopneumostomy instrument 1000. As shown inFIG. 10D the luer fitting 1048 ofmandrel 1040 has been secured tofemale luer 1026 ofpneumostomy instrument 1000. The insertion ofmandrel 1040 has caused expandinghead 1010 to assume a reduced diameter configuration in which expandingelements 1016 are substantially flush with the surface ofproximal tube 1011 anddistal tube 1013. - As shown in
FIGS. 10E and 10F ,mandrel 1040 passes throughfemale luer 1026, throughlumen 1003 oftube 1002 and intoinner section 1014 of expandingbasket 1010.Tip 1046 ofmandrel 1040 engagestip 1017 ofinner section 1014.Mandrel 1040 is of sufficient length that insertion ofmandrel 1040 intopneumostomy instrument 1000 pushesdistal tube 1013 of expandingbasket 1010 away fromproximal tube 1012 thereby causing expandingelements 1016 to be stretched out and assume the configuration shown inFIGS. 10D-10F . - The
pneumostomy instrument 1000 may be utilized in any of the pneumostomy procedures described herein including those procedures described inFIGS. 4A-4F , 5A-5C, 6A-6C, 7A-7C and accompanying text. For certain applications, it is desirable to assemblepneumostomy instrument 1000 with a percutaneous insertion tool so that the pneumostoma catheter can penetrate through the chest wall and pleural membranes and the parenchymal tissue without need for previous incision or dissection. The percutaneous insertion tool is a device that permits the rapid deployment of the pneumostomy catheter through chest wall and the parietal and visceral membranes into the lung. The insertion tool preferably prevents deflation of the lung by rapid deployment of the pneumostomy catheter and subsequent expansion of expandingbasket 1010. The percutaneous insertion tool may comprise a trocar designed to fit through lumen of the pneumostomy instrument in place ofmandrel 1040 and dissect tissue in a minimally traumatic way thereby allowing the pneumostomy catheter to penetrate the pleural membranes and enter the parenchymal tissue of the lung. -
FIGS. 11A-11C show apneumostomy instrument 1000 assembled with apercutaneous insertion tool 1100.FIG. 11A shows a perspective view of thepneumostomy instrument 1000 assembled with thepercutaneous insertion tool 1100.FIGS. 11B and 11C show detailed sectional views of the distal end of thepneumostomy instrument 1000 andinsertion tool 1100. Referring first toFIG. 11A ,percutaneous insertion tool 1100 is sized to fit through the main lumen ofpneumostomy instrument 1000. Adissecting tip 1102 ofpercutaneous insertion tool 1100 protrudes beyond the distal tip ofpneumostomy instrument 1000. Dissectingtip 1102 is preferably a dissecting tip that pushes tissue aside rather than cutting through tissue. Ahandle 1104 extends from the proximal end ofpneumostomy instrument 1000 allowing the physician to control the instrument. Acoupling 1106 temporarily secures thepercutaneous insertion tool 1100 to the female luer 1026 (shown inFIG. 11A ) at the proximal end ofpneumostomy instrument 1000. -
FIG. 11B shows a sectional view of the distal tip ofpneumostomy instrument 1000 andinsertion tool 1100. As seen inFIG. 11B ,percutaneous insertion tool 1100 includes asleeve 1101 in whichdistal tip 1102 is received. The distal end ofsleeve 1101 engages thedistal end 1017 ofinner section 1014 of expandingbasket 1010. The dissecting tip extends through theaperture 1018 in the end ofpneumostomy instrument 1000. Anactuator 1106 comprises a spring-loaded mechanism for withdrawingdissecting tip 1101 back towards the proximal end of pneumostomy instrument. The actuator latches the dissecting tip in the forward position until triggered. The actuator is triggered by the insertion of dissectingtip 1102 through the chest wall and then into the softer tissue of the lung. The retraction of the dissecting tip after passage of the instrument into the parenchymal tissue of the lung helps prevent injury to the lung caused by over insertion. The retraction of the dissecting tip may also be used, in some embodiments, to trigger deployment of expandingbasket 1010, by, for example, releasingcoupling 1106 and allowing thepneumostomy instrument 1000 to relax and allowing the expandingbasket 1010 to take on its expanded configuration. -
FIG. 11C illustrates the configuration of thepercutaneous insertion tool 1100 andpneumostomy instrument 1000 after deployment into lung tissue. As shown inFIG. 11C ,tip 1102 has been retracted intoopening 1018 in the distal end ofpneumostomy instrument 1000. Expandingelements 1016 have moved out radially from the axis ofpneumostomy instrument 1000. The expanding elements push aside the parenchymal tissue to make a cavity and secure the end ofpneumostomy instrument 1000 into the lung.Percutaneous insertion tool 1100 may now be removed, leavingpneumostomy instrument 1000 in place. After stabilization of the pneumostoma in 7 to 14 days a mandrel (such asmandrel 1040 ofFIG. 10A ) is inserted into the lumen of thepneumostomy instrument 1000 again causing expandingelements 1016 to return to their low profile configuration. Whenmandrel 1040 is secured to pneumostomy instrument 100 (see e.g.FIG. 10E ) the instrument may be removed from the chest of the patient. A pneumostoma management device should then be placed in the pneumostoma (seeFIGS. 8A-8B and accompanying text). - As described above, the instrument used to create the pneumostoma remains in place in the patient for a period of time in order for the tissues displaced by the instrument to heal and to allow pleurodesis between the visceral and pleural membranes surrounding the instrument. During this immediate postoperative period it is desirable to maintain the comfort and/or mobility of the patient. Thus, it is desirable that the instrument used to perform the pneumostomy procedure be secured in a low-profile configuration that reduces inconvenience to the patient. It is also desirable that the instrument be aligned approximately perpendicular to the chest wall where it passes through the chest wall, so that pneumostoma forms in approximately this configuration. It is also desirable that the instrument be maintained under a slight tension to aid pleurodesis. In order to achieve and maintain the appropriate configuration of the pneumostomy instrument during the post-operative period while reducing inconvenience and discomfort to the patient, a postoperative pneumostomy instrument support is provided. The post-operative pneumostomy instrument support keeps the pneumostomy instrument aligned with the stoma, applies a slight tension to the pneumostomy instrument, prevents kinking of the instrument; and secures the instrument in a low-profile configuration for the post-operative period.
-
FIGS. 12A and 12B show a postoperativepneumostomy instrument support 1200.FIG. 12A shows an exploded view of the components ofsupport 1200.Support 1200 has three main components:adhesive backing 1202,strap 1204 andblock 1206. -
Adhesive backing 1202 is a compliant foam pad coated on each side with a thin layer of biocompatible adhesive. The compliant foam allows the pad to conform somewhat to the chest of the patient. The adhesive backing has aU-shaped opening 1203 in one edge to allow it to fit around the pneumostomy instrument at the insertion site. Theopening 1203 is large enough that theadhesive backing 1202 does not interfere with the incision. -
Block 1206 is formed from light weight rigid and/or semi-rigid foam. The block has aflat surface 1205 for attachment to theadhesive backing 1202. The block has a curvedfront surface 1207 for supporting the pneumostomy instrument. Thefront surface 1207 has asemicircular channel 1212 designed to receive the tube of the pneumostomy instrument. Thechannel 1212 is aligned perpendicular to the patient-side 1208 where thefront surface 1207 meets theflat surface 1205. Thefront surface 1207 ofblock 1206 andchannel 1212 subsequently curve away from perpendicular until approximately parallel with theflat surface 1205. The radius of curvature and shape of the channel is selected so as not to cause the tube of the pneumostomy instrument to kink. Anaperture 1214 passes throughblock 1206 from one side ofchannel 1212 to the other. -
Strap 1204 is designed to hold instrument to block 1206 and maintain a slight tension in the instrument.Strap 1204 is sized to fit throughaperture 1214 ofblock 1206.Strap 1204 may be provided with a releasable adhesive for securing the strap to itself and the pneumostomy instrument.Strap 1204 may additionally or alternatively be provided with a fastener for securing the pneumostomy instrument.Strap 1204 is preferably made of a somewhat elastic material to aid in fixing the instrument to block 1206 and applying tension to the pneumostomy instrument without crushing the pneumostomy instrument. -
FIG. 12B shows the assembledsupport 1200.Strap 1204 is positioned throughaperture 1214 such that the free ends ofstrap 1204 are available to secure a pneumostomy instrument intochannel 1212.Adhesive backing 1202 is secured to theflat surface 1205 ofblock 1206 by a layer of adhesive. Typically the remaining adhesive layer is protected with a removable layer of paper until ready for use. TheU-shaped opening 1203 is aligned withchannel 1212. Note thatadhesive backing 1202 is preferably larger is area than theflat surface 1205 ofblock 1206 to facilitate removal ofsupport 1200 by peeling up ofadhesive backing 1202. -
FIG. 12C shows a sectional view throughsupport 1200 to illustrate the use ofsupport 1200 in conjunction with apneumostomy instrument 1000 positioned within apneumostoma 110.Block 1206 is secured to theskin 114 ofchest 100adjacent pneumostoma 110 byadhesive backing 1202. As shown inFIG. 12C ,tube 1002 is aligned perpendicular to the wall ofchest 100 wheretube 1002 exitschest 100.Tube 1002 follows the curvature ofblock 1206 until approximately parallel withchest 100. The shape ofchannel 1212 and the radius of curvature ofblock 1206 preventtube 1002 from kinking.Tube 1002 is releasably secured to block 1206 and under tension bystrap 1204. Usingsupport 1200 in this manner allows thepneumostomy instrument 1000 to be secured to the chest of the patient in a low profile configuration during the post operative period while maintaining the alignment of thepneumostoma 110. -
FIG. 12C also illustrates the use of adischarge trap 1220 withpneumostomy instrument 1000. During the immediate postoperative period, there may be drainage of blood and other fluids throughpneumostomy instrument 1000 in addition to gases from the lung. It is desirable to contain such discharge using a passive of vacuum discharge trap.Discharge trap 1220 has a fitting 1224 to mate with the female luer fitting ofpneumostomy instrument 1000. Gases and/or discharge flow though the fitting 1224 into avessel 1222 via avalve 1226.Valve 1226 is a one-way valve which prevents discharge from reentering the pneumostomy instrument fromvessel 1222.Discharge 1230 may collect invessel 1222 which may be emptied or changed when necessary. Gases may escape fromvessel 1222 throughoutlet 1228.Outlet 1228 preferably includes a hydrophobic filter element to prevent the exit of discharge fromvessel 1222.Outlet 1228 may vent to atmosphere or may alternatively be connected to a regulated vacuum source (such as a medical vacuum line). -
Support 1200 may be used instead of or in addition toflange 1050 of pneumostomy instrument 1000 (not shown but seeFIG. 10A ).FIG. 12D shows a sectional view through asupport 1200 a to illustrate the use of asupport 1200 a in conjunction with apneumostomy instrument 1000 having a flange 1050 (SeeFIG. 10A ).Support 1200 a is similar to support 1200 but has adaptations to make it compatible withflange 1050.Block 1206 a is secured to theskin 114 ofchest 100adjacent flange 1050 byadhesive backing 1202 a.Block 1206 a andadhesive backing 1202 a are adapted to provide sufficient space forflange 1050.Block 1206 a may also be provided with a clip, strap or other fastener to securesupport 1200 a toflange 1050. As shown inFIG. 12D tube 1002 is aligned perpendicular to the wall ofchest 100 wheretube 1002 exitschest 100.Flange 1050 works in conjunction withblock 1206 a to aligntube 1002 and apply tension totube 1002. Usingsupport 1200 a in this manner again allows thepneumostomy instrument 1000 to be secured to the chest of the patient in a low profile configuration during the post operative period while maintaining the alignment of thepneumostoma 110. -
FIG. 12D also illustrates the use of acap 1240 withpneumostomy instrument 1000. During the immediate postoperative period there may be drainage of blood and other fluids throughpneumostomy instrument 1000 in addition to gases from the lung. After a few days however, there may be little further drainage. Thus, it may be possible to remove the discharge trap or vacuum source attached toinstrument 1050. In order to prevent contaminants entering the lung throughpneumostomy instrument 1000, acap 1240 may be used to close the lumen of the instrument.Cap 1240 has a fitting 1244 to mate with the female luer fitting ofpneumostomy instrument 1000.Cap 1240 may optionally be provided with avent 1242 to allow gases to escape.Cap 1240 may be used to enhance patient mobility with occasional use of a discharge trap or vacuum aspiration to clear any discharge frominstrument 1000. -
Supports second support 1250.FIG. 12E shows a sectional view through asupport 1200 a to illustrate the use of asupport 1200 a in conjunction with apneumostomy instrument 1000 having a flange 1050 (SeeFIG. 10A ) and with asecond support 1250.Second support 1250 comprises ablock 1256 secured to theskin 114 ofchest 100adjacent flange 1050 byadhesive backing 1252.Block 1256 andadhesive backing 1252 are adapted to provide sufficient space forflange 1050.Block 1256 may also be provided with a clip, strap or other fastener (not shown) to securesecond support 1250 toflange 1050. As shown inFIG. 12D tube 1002 is aligned perpendicular to the wall ofchest 100 wheretube 1002 exitschest 100.Second support 1250 works in conjunction withsupport 1200 a andflange 1050 to aligntube 1002 and apply tension totube 1002.Second support 1250 helps constraintube 1002 perpendicular to the wall ofchest 100 while relieving strain intube 1002 that might otherwise misalign thepneumostoma 110.Second support 1250 may in some cases be attached to support 1200 a or even formed in one piece withsupport 1200 a. In some embodiments, the distance betweensupport 1250 andsupport 1200 a may be adjusted in order to adjust the radius of curvature of thetube 1002. - The
pneumostomy instrument 1000 may be utilized in any of the pneumostomy procedures described herein including those procedures described inFIGS. 4A-4F , 5A-5C, 6A-6C, 7A-7C and accompanying text.FIGS. 13A and 13B are flowcharts showing the steps of a single-phase pneumostomy technique utilizingpneumostomy instrument 1000. In these single-phase techniques no prior pleurodesis is required ahead of the procedure. In the percutaneous single-phase procedure (FIG. 13A ), thepneumostomy instrument 1000 is introduced without collapsing the lung. In the open single-phase procedure (FIG. 13B ). The lung may be allowed to inflate prior to insertion ofpneumostomy instrument 1000 and then reinflated afterpneumostomy instrument 1000 is secured within the lung. - Referring first
FIG. 13A which shows the steps of the percutaneous single-phase technique 1300 utilizingpneumostomy instrument 1000.Pneumostomy instrument 1000 is first assembled withpercutaneous insertion tool 1100 as shown inFIG. 1A (step 1302). In this configuration the expanding head is secured in a low-profile configuration ready for insertion into the lung. The patient is prepared (step 1304) using local anesthesia at the target site in addition to a sedative or general anesthesia. A chest tube is preferably inserted into the pleural cavity as a prophylactic measure. The physician optionally makes an incision at the target location and dissects to the parietal membrane (step 1306). The physician optionally introduces a pleurodesis agent to the outer surface of the parietal membrane or, by injection, through the parietal membrane into the pleural space at the target location (step 1308) to promote pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes after the procedure. One or more of the pleurodesis agents discussed above may be used in order to promote pleurodesis formation following the procedure however it is not expected that the pleurodesis will form during the procedure itself. Atstep 1310, the physician inserts the pneumostomy instrument and percutaneous insertion tool through the parietal and visceral membranes using the percutaneous insertion tool. Insertion is made by way of the incision if made, or otherwise directly through the chest wall if no prior incision was made. The pneumostomy instrument is inserted until the expanding head is through the visceral membrane and embedded within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. Because there has been no pleurodesis between the parietal membrane and visceral membrane, a small amount of air may leak into the pleural cavity around tube pneumostomy instrument. However, the chest tube should be able to extract the small amount of air and the lung will remain inflated and pushed against the chest wall. - Referring again to
FIG. 13A , atstep 1312 the physician releases the expanding head and allows it to expand within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. Note that in some embodiments an actuator automatically deploys the expanding head after it is positioned with the lung. Atstep 1314, the suture and stop may be pulled through the open Tuohy and the Tuohy closed to secure the expanding head in the expanded configuration. The percutaneous insertion tool is removed from the main lumen of pneumostomy instrument (this step may alternatively be performed before balloon inflation). Atstep 1316, the flange or instrument support is secured to the skin of the chest of the patient adjacent the instrument. At step 1318 a slight tension is applied to the tube of the pneumostomy instrument, drawing the expanding head and lung towards thoracic wall. The tension brings the parietal membrane and visceral membrane into contact. The contact between the parietal membrane and visceral membrane reduces or eliminates any remaining air leak around the instrument. Moreover, the contact between the parietal membrane and visceral membrane allows pleurodesis to occur resulting in adhesion between the pleural membranes and sealing of the pneumostoma from the pleural cavity. Some or the entirety of the pneumostomy instrument may be coated and/or impregnated with a pleurodesis agent to promote the formation of the pleurodesis. After the tension is applied, the pneumostomy instrument is secured to the flange or instrument support (step 1320). - The remainder of the instrument is then secured to the chest/abdomen of the patient (step 1322). In some procedures it may be desirable to apply a water seal or slight vacuum to the instrument during the immediate postoperative period to collect blood and discharge and reduce the opportunity for any infectious agents to enter the lung. If an incision was made, it is now closed using sutures, staples and/or tissue glue. The patient is then monitored to ensure that pneumothorax has not occurred. A chest tube is inserted or maintained as necessary until it is clear that there is no leakage of air into the pleural cavity. Air flow through the pneumostomy instrument is also monitored. Healing of the pneumostoma is monitored and the pneumostomy instrument is removed when the physician believes the pneumostoma is sufficiently stable to tolerate the removal of the instrument (see
FIG. 13C ). - Referring next to
FIG. 13B which shows the steps of the open single-phase technique 1330 utilizingpneumostomy instrument 1000.Pneumostomy instrument 1000 is first assembled withmandrel 1040 as shown inFIG. 10A (step 1332). In this configuration the expanding head is secured in a low-profile configuration ready for insertion into the lung. The patient is prepared (step 1334) using local anesthesia at the target site in addition to a sedative or general anesthesia. If a general anesthesia is applied the patient will also be intubated and ventilated. A chest tube is inserted into the pleural cavity. The physician makes an incision at the target location and dissects to the parietal membrane (step 1336). Atstep 1338 the surgeon makes an incision through the parietal membrane and enters the pleural cavity. Atstep 1340 the physician visualizes the lung, and engages it with a surgical tool, and secures the lung to the chest wall adjacent the incision. The surgeon may use sutures, staples, clips, surgical adhesive and/or a surgical adhesive patch to secure the visceral membrane of the lung to the chest wall instep 1340. The physician optionally introduces a pleurodesis agent to the outer surface of the parietal membrane or, by injection, through the parietal membrane into the pleural space at the target location (step 1338) to promote pleurodesis between the visceral and parietal membranes after the procedure. One or more of the pleurodesis agents discussed above may be used in order to promote pleurodesis formation following the procedure however it is not expected that the pleurodesis will form during the procedure itself. - At
step 1344, the physician makes an incision through the visceral membrane and inserts the pneumostomy instrument and mandrel through the incision into the parenchymal tissue of the lung. The pneumostomy instrument is inserted until the expanding head is through the visceral membrane and embedded within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. Counter pressure may need to be applied to secure the lung as the pneumostomy instrument is inserted. - Referring again to
FIG. 13B , atstep 1346 the physician releases the expanding head and allows it to expand within the parenchymal tissue of the lung. Atstep 1348, the suture and stop may be pulled through the open Tuohy and the Tuohy closed to secure the expanding head in the expanded configuration. The mandrel may also be removed from the main lumen of pneumostomy instrument. Atstep 1350, the incision in the chest wall is closed around the tube of the pneumostomy instrument. Atstep 1352 the pneumostomy instrument is then tensioned and secured as described in steps 1316-1322 ofFIG. 13A . - With the incision closed and slight tension applied to the pneumostomy instrument, the removal of air through the chest tube will be sufficient to reinflate the lung. The patient is then monitored to ensure that the lung inflates. A chest tube is inserted or maintained as necessary until it is clear that there is no leakage of air into the pleural cavity. Air flow though the pneumostomy instrument is also monitored. Healing of the pneumostoma is monitored (step 1354) and the pneumostomy instrument is removed when the physician believes the pneumostoma is sufficiently stable to tolerate the removal of the instrument (see
FIG. 13C ). - When the physician considers that the pneumostoma has healed adequately, the pneumostomy instrument is removed and the pneumostoma is inspected. The physician will then verify the size of the pneumostoma and provide a pneumostoma management device (PMD) of the appropriate size. Removal of the pneumostomy instrument requires that the expanding basket be collapsed to the low profile configuration.
- Referring next to
FIG. 13C which shows the steps (1360) for removal of thepneumostomy instrument 1000. The surgeon should first assess the healing and stability of the pneumostoma (step 1362). The pneumostomy instrument should not be removed until the pneumostoma is sufficiently healed to tolerate the removal procedure. The patient is prepared (step 1364). A local anesthesia may be applied and a sedative provided. A chest tube should be available in case removal of the pneumostomy instrument causes leakage of air into the pleural cavity. The pneumostomy instrument is first released from the flange and/or instrument support (step 1366). The flange and/or support are then released from the chest of the patient (step 1368) providing access to inspect and clean the stoma. The Tuohy is opened to release the stop which secured the expanding basket in the expanded position (step 1370). A mandrel is then inserted into the pneumostomy instrument causing the expanding basket (within the lung) to collapse to a low profile configuration (step 1372). The pneumostomy instrument is then withdrawn from the pneumostoma (step 1374). The pneumostoma should be quickly assessed (step 1376). A pneumostoma management device should then be inserted into the pneumostoma to preserve patency during the continued healing period (step 1378). The patient should be observed to ensure that the procedure has not caused leakage of air into the pleural cavity. If leakage occurs a chest tube should be inserted into the pleural cavity (at another site) until the air leakage is resolved. The patient will be provided with standard postoperative care transitioning to outpatient care and continued pulmonary rehabilitation step 1380). The first pneumostoma management device will typically be left in place till the first outpatient visit to a physician. At the first outpatient visit, the first pneumostoma management device will be removed, the pneumostoma inspected again. The physician or more typically the patient under the physician's direction will then insert the next PMD. The PMD's will thereafter be exchanged by the patient or a caregiver on a regular basis and/or as needed. - In preferred embodiments, the pneumostomy instruments and PMD are formed from biocompatible polymers or biocompatible metals. In a particular
embodiment pneumostomy catheter 300 andPMD 800 are made from PEBAX, polypropylene and ABS. The balloon of thepneumostomy catheter 300 is preferably made of polyurethane or the equivalent In a preferred embodiment,pneumostomy instrument 1000 is made from C-FLEX® thermoplastic elastomer manufactured by Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics in Clearwater, Fla. A patient will typically have pneumostomy catheter implanted for from one to two weeks depending upon the time required for the pneumostoma to heal and form and thus the materials, particularly ofpneumostomy catheter 300, should meet high standards for biocompatibility. In general, preferred materials for manufacturing a pneumostomy instrument or PMD are biocompatible thermoplastic elastomers that are readily utilized in injection molding and extrusion processing. As will be appreciated, other suitable similarly biocompatible thermoplastic or thermoplastic polymer materials can be used without departing from the scope of the invention. Biocompatible polymers for manufacturing PMD may be selected from the group consisting of polyethylenes (HDPE), polyvinyl chloride, polyacrylates (polyethyl acrylate and polymethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, polymethyl-coethyl acrylate, ethylene/ethyl acrylate), polycarbonate urethane (BIONATEG), polysiloxanes (silicones), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE, GORE-TEX®, ethylene/chlorotrifluoroethylene copolymer, aliphatic polyesters, ethylene/tetrafluoroethylene copolymer), polyketones (polyaryletheretherketone, polyetheretherketone, polyetherether-ketoneketone, polyether-ketoneetherketoneketone polyetherketone), polyether block amides (PEBAX, PEBA), polyamides (polyamideimide, PA-11, PA-12, PA-46, PA-66), polyetherimide, polyether sulfone, poly(iso)butylene, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinyl alcohol, polyurethane, polybutylene terephthalate, polyphosphazenes, nylon, polypropylene, polybutester, nylon and polyester, polymer foams (from carbonates, styrene, for example) as well as the copolymers and blends of the classes listed and/or the class of thermoplastics and elastomers in general. Reference to appropriate polymers that can be used for manufacturing a pneumostomy instrument or PMD can be found in the following documents: PCT Publication WO 02/02158, entitled “Bio-Compatible Polymeric Materials;” PCT Publication WO 02/00275, entitled “Bio-Compatible Polymeric Materials;” and, PCT Publication WO 02/00270, entitled “Bio-Compatible Polymeric Materials” all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Other suitable materials for the manufacture of the pneumostomy instrument or PMD include medical grade inorganic materials such stainless steel, titanium, ceramics and coated materials. - Additionally, components of the PMD and/or pneumostomy instrument that are in contact with the pneumostoma before or after healing may be designed to deliver a pharmaceutically-active substance. For purposes of the present disclosure, an “active pharmaceutical substance” is an active ingredient of vegetable, animal or synthetic origin which is used in a suitable dosage as a therapeutic agent for influencing conditions or functions of the body, as a replacement for active ingredients naturally produced by the human or animal body and to eliminate or neutralize disease pathogens or exogenous substances. The release of the substance in the pneumostoma has an effect on the course of healing and/or counteracts pathological changes in the tissue due to the presence of the temporarily implanted medical devices. In particular, it is desirable in some embodiments to coat or impregnate the PMD with pharmaceutically-active substances that preserve the patency of pneumostoma and/or are antimicrobial in nature but that do not unduly irritate the tissues of the pneumostoma. In particular, it is also desirable in some embodiments to coat or impregnate the pneumostoma instrument with pharmaceutically-active substances that aid pleurodesis, healing and/or epithelialization of the pneumostoma and/or are antimicrobial in nature but that do not unduly irritate the tissues of the pneumostoma.
- In particular cases, suitable pharmaceutically-active substances may have an anti-inflammatory and/or antiproliferative and/or spasmolytic and/or endothelium-forming effect, so that the functionality of the pneumostoma is maintained. Suitable pharmaceutically-active substances include: anti-proliferative/antimitotic agents including natural products such as vinca alkaloids (i.e. vinblastine, vincristine, and vinorelbine), paclitaxel, epidipodophyllotoxins (i.e. etoposide, teniposide), antibiotics (dactinomycin (actinomycin D) daunorubicin, doxorubicin and idarubicin), anthracyclines, mitoxantrone, bleomycins, plicamycin (mithramycin) and mitomycin, enzymes (L-asparaginase which systemically metabolizes L-asparagine and deprives cells which do not have the capacity to synthesize their own asparagine); antiplatelet agents such as G(GP) llb/llla inhibitors and vitronectin receptor antagonists; anti-proliferative/antimitotic alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards (mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide and analogs, melphalan, chlorambucil), ethylenimines and methylmelamines (hexamethylmelamine and thiotepa), alkyl sulfonates-busulfan, nirtosoureas (carmustine (BCNU) and analogs, streptozocin), trazenes—dacarbazinine (DTIC); anti-proliferative/antimitotic antimetabolites such as folic acid analogs (methotrexate), pyrimidine analogs (fluorouracil, floxuridine, and cytarabine), purine analogs and related inhibitors (mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin and 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine {cladribine}); platinum coordination complexes (cisplatin, carboplatin), procarbazine, hydroxyurea, mitotane, aminoglutethimide; hormones (i.e. estrogen); anti-coagulants (heparin, synthetic heparin salts and other inhibitors of thrombin); fibrinolytic agents (such as tissue plasminogen activator, streptokinase and urokinase), aspirin, dipyridamole, ticlopidine, clopidogrel, abciximab; antimigratory; antisecretory (breveldin); anti-inflammatory: such as adrenocortical steroids (cortisol, cortisone, fludrocortisone, prednisone, prednisolone, 6a-methylprednisolone, triamcinolone, betamethasone, and dexamethasone), non-steroidal agents (salicylic acid derivatives i.e. aspirin; para-aminophenol derivatives i.e. acetaminophen; indole and indene acetic acids (inaperturethacin, sulindac, and etodalac), heteroaryl acetic acids (tolmetin, diclofenac, and ketorolac), arylpropionic acids (ibuprofen and derivatives), anthranilic acids (mefenamic acid, and meclofenamic acid), enolic acids (piroxicam, tenoxicam, phenylbutazone, and oxyphenthatrazone), nabumetone, gold compounds (auranofin, aurothioglucose, gold sodium thiomalate); immunosuppressives: (cyclosporine, tacrolimus (FK-506), sirolimus (rapamycin), azathioprine, mycophenolate mofetil); angiogenic agents: vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), fibroblast growth factor (FGF); angiotensin receptor blockers; nitric oxide donors; antisense oligionucleotides and combinations thereof, cell cycle inhibitors, mTOR inhibitors, and growth factor receptor signal transduction kinase inhibitors; retenoids; cyclin/CDK inhibitors; HMG co-enzyme reductase inhibitors (statins); silver compound and protease inhibitors.
- In some embodiments, the active pharmaceutical substance is selected from the group consisting of amino acids, anabolics, analgesics and antagonists, anaesthetics, anti-adrenergic agents, anti-asthmatics, anti-atherosclerotics, antibacterials, anticholesterolics, anti-coagulants, antidepressants, antidotes, anti-emetics, anti-epileptic drugs, anti-fibrinolytics, anti-inflammatory agents, antihypertensives, antimetabolites, antimigraine agents, antimycotics, antinauseants, antineoplastics, anti-obesity agents, antiprotozoals, antipsychotics, antirheumatics, antiseptics, antivertigo agents, antivirals, appetite stimulants, bacterial vaccines, bioflavonoids, calcium channel blockers, capillary stabilizing agents, coagulants, corticosteroids, detoxifying agents for cytostatic treatment, diagnostic agents (like contrast media, radiopaque agents and radioisotopes), electrolytes, enzymes, enzyme inhibitors, ferments, ferment inhibitors, gangliosides and ganglioside derivatives, hemostatics, hormones, hormone antagonists, hypnotics, immunomodulators, immunostimulants, immunosuppressants, minerals, muscle relaxants, neuromodulators, neurotransmitters and neurotrophins, osmotic diuretics, parasympatholytics, para-sympathomimetics, peptides, proteins, psychostimulants, respiratory stimulants, sedatives, serum lipid reducing agents, smooth muscle relaxants, sympatholytics, sympathomimetics, vasodilators, vasoprotectives, vectors for gene therapy, viral vaccines, viruses, vitamins, oligonucleotides and derivatives, saccharides, polysaccharides, glycoproteins, hyaluronic acid, and any excipient that can be used to stabilize a proteinaceous therapeutic.
- The foregoing description of preferred embodiments of the present invention has been provided for the purposes of illustration and description. It is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical application, thereby enabling others skilled in the art to understand the invention for various embodiments and with various modifications that are suited to the particular use contemplated. It is intended that the scope of the invention be defined by the claims and their equivalents.
Claims (22)
1. A pneumostomy technique used to create a pneumostoma through a chest wall, parietal membrane and visceral membrane into a lung of a patient, wherein:
the pneumostomy technique comprises a first procedure, an interval and a second procedure;
the first procedure comprises,
(1a) accessing at least one of the parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient, and
(1b) treating a localized region of said at least one of the parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient to induce pleurodesis;
the interval comprises a waiting period between the first procedure and the second procedure in order to allow the pleurodesis to form; and
the second procedure comprises,
(2a) identifying the position of the localized region,
(2b) verifying that a pleurodesis has been formed between the parietal and visceral membranes within the localized region,
(2c) making an incision through parietal and visceral membranes within the localized region and pleurodesis,
(2d) inserting a catheter through the incision into the lung,
(2e) expanding an expandable device at the distal end of the catheter to displace parenchymal tissue of the lung and secure the catheter within the lung,
whereby the catheter is introduced into the lung and a pneumostoma created without deflation of the lung.
2. The pneumostomy technique of claim 1 , wherein the first procedure is performed as an outpatient procedure and without the use of general anesthetic.
3. The pneumostomy technique of claim 1 , wherein:
step (1a) comprises accessing the parietal membrane by making an incision in the chest wall and exposing a localized region of the parietal membrane without puncturing the parietal membrane; and
step (1b) comprises treating the localized region of said parietal membrane to induce pleurodesis without puncturing the parietal membrane.
4. The pneumostomy technique of claim 1 , wherein the expandable device at the distal end of the catheter is a balloon which is connected by a tube to a coupling at the proximal end of the catheter and wherein step (2e) comprises:
(2e) operating a syringe connected at the proximal end of the catheter to introduce a fluid through the tube into the balloon thereby expanding the balloon at the distal end of the catheter to displace parenchymal tissue of the lung and secure the catheter within the lung.
5. The pneumostomy technique of claim 1 , wherein the second procedure further comprises:
2(f) applying tension to the catheter after step 2(e) to draw the lung towards the incision; and
2(g) securing the catheter to the chest wall of the patient thereby stabilizing the incision during healing of the pneumostoma.
6. The pneumostomy technique of claim 1 wherein:
the first procedure comprises,
(1a) accessing the parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient by inserting the distal end of a pleurodesis device into a pleural cavity between the visceral and parietal membrane,
(1b) treating a localized region of said parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient with the distal end of the pleurodesis device to induce pleurodesis, and
(1c) depositing a marker which may be visualized external to the patient to identify the localized region; and
the second procedure comprises,
(2a) identifying the position of the localized region by visualizing the marker from external to the patient.
7. The pneumostomy technique of claim 1 wherein:
the first procedure comprises,
(1a) accessing the parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient by inserting the distal end of a pleurodesis device into a pleural cavity between the visceral and parietal membrane,
(1b) treating a localized region of said parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient with the distal end of the pleurodesis device to induce pleurodesis, and
(1c) depositing an echogenic marker to identify the localized region; and
the second procedure comprises,
(2a) identifying the position of the localized region by locating the echogenic marker using ultrasound visualization.
8. The pneumostomy technique of claim 1 wherein:
the first procedure comprises,
(1a) accessing the parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient by inserting the distal end of a pleurodesis device into a pleural cavity between the visceral and parietal membrane,
(1b) treating a localized region of said parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient with the distal end of the pleurodesis device to induce pleurodesis, and
(1c) depositing a radiopaque marker to identify the localized region; and
the second procedure comprises,
(2a) identifying the position of the localized region by locating the radiopaque marker using X-ray visualization.
9. The pneumostomy technique of claim 1 wherein:
the first procedure comprises,
(1a) accessing the parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient by introducing a delivery device into a pleural cavity between the visceral and parietal membrane, using the delivery device to deliver an implantable mesh to a localized region between said visceral and parietal membrane,
(1b) treating the localized region of said parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient by securing the implantable mesh to one of the visceral and parietal membranes within the localized region.
10. The pneumostomy technique of claim 1 , wherein step (1b) includes treating a localized region of said at least one of the parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient with a chemical agent to induce pleurodesis.
11. A surgical technique used to create a pneumostoma through a chest wall, parietal membrane and visceral membrane into a lung of a patient, wherein:
the surgical technique comprises a first procedure, an interval and a second procedure;
the first procedure comprises, treating a localized region of at least one of the parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient to induce pleurodesis;
the interval comprises a waiting period between the first procedure and the second procedure in order to allow the pleurodesis to form; and
the second procedure comprises,
(a) identifying the position of the localized region,
(b) verifying that a pleurodesis has been formed between the parietal and visceral membranes within the localized region,
(c) inserting a distal end of a surgical instrument into the lung through the chest wall, parietal membrane and visceral membrane within the localized region,
(d) expanding an expandable component attached to the distal end of the surgical instrument to displace parenchymal tissue of the lung and secure the distal end of the surgical instrument within the lung;
(e) leaving the distal end of the surgical instrument embedded in the parenchymal tissue to create the pneumostoma;
(f) removing the surgical instrument form the patient after formation of the pneumostoma.
12. The surgical technique of claim 11 , wherein the first procedure is performed as an outpatient procedure and without the use of general anesthetic.
13. The surgical technique of claim 11 , wherein the first procedure comprises:
making an incision in the chest wall;
exposing a localized region of the parietal membrane without puncturing the parietal membrane; and
treating the localized region of the parietal membrane of the lung of the patient to induce pleurodesis without puncturing the parietal membrane.
14. The surgical technique of claim 11 , wherein the expandable component at the distal end of the surgical instrument is a balloon and wherein step (d) comprises inflating the balloon with a fluid to displace parenchymal tissue of the lung and secure the catheter within the lung.
15. The surgical technique of claim 11 , step (d) comprises:
(d1) applying tension to the surgical instrument to draw the expandable component towards the incision; and
(d2) securing the surgical instrument to the chest wall of the patient thereby stabilizing the pneumostoma during healing.
16. The surgical technique of claim 11 wherein:
the first procedure includes the additional step of depositing adjacent the localized region a marker which may be visualized external to the patient; and
step (a) of the second procedure comprises locating the localized region by locating the marker from external to the patient.
17. The surgical technique of claim 11 wherein:
the first procedure includes the additional step of depositing adjacent the localized region an echogenic marker; and
step (a) of the second procedure comprises locating the localized region by locating the marker using ultrasound.
18. The surgical technique of claim 11 wherein:
the first procedure includes the additional step of depositing adjacent the localized region an radiopaque marker; and
step (a) of the second procedure comprises locating the localized region by locating the radiopaque marker using x-rays.
19. The surgical technique of claim 1 wherein:
the first procedure comprises, treating a localized region of at least one of the parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient to induce pleurodesis by securing an implantable mesh to a localized region of at least one of the parietal and visceral membranes of the lung of the patient between the visceral and parietal membranes and within the localized region.
20. A surgical technique used to create a pneumostoma through a chest wall, parietal membrane and visceral membrane into a lung of a patient comprising:
an outpatient procedure to create a localized pleurodesis;
an interval of about one or more days;
an inpatient procedure to create a pneumostoma by,
introducing the distal end of a surgical instrument into parenchymal tissue of the lung through the chest wall, parietal membrane and visceral membrane, and within the localized pleurodesis,
expanding the distal end of the surgical instrument within the parenchymal tissue of the lung thereby displacing the parenchymal tissue of the lung and securing the distal end of the surgical instrument, and
removing the surgical instrument after a period of three or more days to expose the pneumostoma.
21. The technique of claim 1 wherein the interval is about a day.
22. The technique of claim 11 wherein the interval is about a day and the leaving step (e) is for a period of about a day.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/388,435 US20090209856A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US13/543,588 US8506577B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2012-07-06 | Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
Applications Claiming Priority (10)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US2983008P | 2008-02-19 | 2008-02-19 | |
US3287708P | 2008-02-29 | 2008-02-29 | |
US3837108P | 2008-03-20 | 2008-03-20 | |
US8289208P | 2008-07-23 | 2008-07-23 | |
US8357308P | 2008-07-25 | 2008-07-25 | |
US8455908P | 2008-07-29 | 2008-07-29 | |
US8811808P | 2008-08-12 | 2008-08-12 | |
US14329809P | 2009-01-08 | 2009-01-08 | |
US15158109P | 2009-02-11 | 2009-02-11 | |
US12/388,435 US20090209856A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/543,588 Continuation US8506577B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2012-07-06 | Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20090209856A1 true US20090209856A1 (en) | 2009-08-20 |
Family
ID=40953964
Family Applications (23)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/388,467 Expired - Fee Related US8347880B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Pneumostoma management system with secretion management features for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,462 Expired - Fee Related US7927324B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Aspirator and method for pneumostoma management |
US12/388,468 Expired - Fee Related US8365722B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Multi-layer pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,461 Expired - Fee Related US8348906B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Aspirator for pneumostoma management |
US12/388,447 Expired - Fee Related US8453637B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Pneumostoma management system for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,470 Expired - Fee Related US8021320B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Self-sealing device and method for delivery of a therapeutic agent through a pneumostoma |
US12/388,451 Abandoned US20090205645A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Pneumostoma management method for the treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,455 Abandoned US20090205658A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Devices and methods for delivery of a therapeutic agent through a pneumostoma |
US12/388,435 Abandoned US20090209856A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,458 Expired - Fee Related US8430094B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Flexible pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,453 Expired - Fee Related US8252003B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Surgical instruments for creating a pneumostoma and treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,465 Expired - Fee Related US7909803B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Enhanced pneumostoma management device and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,459 Abandoned US20090205665A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Methods and devices for follow-up care and treatment of a pneumostoma |
US12/388,438 Abandoned US20090205643A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Accelerated two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,469 Expired - Fee Related US8474449B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Variable length pneumostoma management system for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,446 Abandoned US20090209909A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Percutaneous single-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,460 Expired - Fee Related US8464708B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Pneumostoma management system having a cosmetic and/or protective cover |
US12/388,441 Expired - Fee Related US8491602B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Single-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,466 Expired - Fee Related US8453638B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | One-piece pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US13/012,962 Expired - Fee Related US8231581B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2011-01-25 | Enhanced pneumostoma management device and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US13/213,279 Expired - Fee Related US8273051B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2011-08-19 | Self-sealing device and method for delivery of a therapeutic agent through a pneumostoma |
US13/543,588 Expired - Fee Related US8506577B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2012-07-06 | Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US13/851,545 Abandoned US20130218134A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-03-27 | Flexible pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
Family Applications Before (8)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/388,467 Expired - Fee Related US8347880B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Pneumostoma management system with secretion management features for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,462 Expired - Fee Related US7927324B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Aspirator and method for pneumostoma management |
US12/388,468 Expired - Fee Related US8365722B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Multi-layer pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,461 Expired - Fee Related US8348906B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Aspirator for pneumostoma management |
US12/388,447 Expired - Fee Related US8453637B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Pneumostoma management system for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,470 Expired - Fee Related US8021320B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Self-sealing device and method for delivery of a therapeutic agent through a pneumostoma |
US12/388,451 Abandoned US20090205645A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Pneumostoma management method for the treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,455 Abandoned US20090205658A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Devices and methods for delivery of a therapeutic agent through a pneumostoma |
Family Applications After (14)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/388,458 Expired - Fee Related US8430094B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Flexible pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,453 Expired - Fee Related US8252003B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Surgical instruments for creating a pneumostoma and treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,465 Expired - Fee Related US7909803B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Enhanced pneumostoma management device and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,459 Abandoned US20090205665A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Methods and devices for follow-up care and treatment of a pneumostoma |
US12/388,438 Abandoned US20090205643A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Accelerated two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,469 Expired - Fee Related US8474449B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Variable length pneumostoma management system for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,446 Abandoned US20090209909A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Percutaneous single-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,460 Expired - Fee Related US8464708B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Pneumostoma management system having a cosmetic and/or protective cover |
US12/388,441 Expired - Fee Related US8491602B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | Single-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US12/388,466 Expired - Fee Related US8453638B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-02-18 | One-piece pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US13/012,962 Expired - Fee Related US8231581B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2011-01-25 | Enhanced pneumostoma management device and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US13/213,279 Expired - Fee Related US8273051B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2011-08-19 | Self-sealing device and method for delivery of a therapeutic agent through a pneumostoma |
US13/543,588 Expired - Fee Related US8506577B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2012-07-06 | Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US13/851,545 Abandoned US20130218134A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-03-27 | Flexible pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
Country Status (8)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (23) | US8347880B2 (en) |
EP (3) | EP2242527A4 (en) |
JP (2) | JP2011512233A (en) |
CN (1) | CN102006904A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2009215579A1 (en) |
BR (1) | BRPI0908784A2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2752159A1 (en) |
WO (4) | WO2009105432A2 (en) |
Cited By (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7909803B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2011-03-22 | Portaero, Inc. | Enhanced pneumostoma management device and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8323230B2 (en) | 2003-07-15 | 2012-12-04 | Portaero, Inc. | Methods and devices to accelerate wound healing in thoracic anastomosis applications |
US8336540B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2012-12-25 | Portaero, Inc. | Pneumostoma management device and method for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8347881B2 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2013-01-08 | Portaero, Inc. | Pneumostoma management device with integrated patency sensor and method |
US8475389B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-07-02 | Portaero, Inc. | Methods and devices for assessment of pneumostoma function |
US8518053B2 (en) | 2009-02-11 | 2013-08-27 | Portaero, Inc. | Surgical instruments for creating a pneumostoma and treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US9233015B2 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2016-01-12 | Trivascular, Inc. | Endovascular delivery system with an improved radiopaque marker scheme |
US10058332B2 (en) | 2012-08-01 | 2018-08-28 | Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha | Method for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
JP2021115237A (en) * | 2020-01-24 | 2021-08-10 | 直之 石北 | Thoracic cavity drainage catheter and thoracic cavity drainage system |
CN114126516A (en) * | 2018-11-30 | 2022-03-01 | 快管医疗有限责任公司 | Method and apparatus for treating tension pneumothorax with rapid deployment of chest ports |
US11986586B2 (en) | 2021-09-17 | 2024-05-21 | Naoyuki Ishikita | Catheter for chest drainage and chest drainage system |
Families Citing this family (128)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6572588B1 (en) | 2000-03-10 | 2003-06-03 | Venetec International, Inc. | Medical anchoring system |
US7524809B2 (en) * | 2004-02-27 | 2009-04-28 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Multiple use fabric conditioning composition with improved perfume |
US20080077038A1 (en) * | 2004-11-02 | 2008-03-27 | Children's Hospital Of Philadelphia | Respiratory Volume/Flow Gating, Monitoring, and Spirometry System for Mri |
US9138560B2 (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2015-09-22 | Venetec International, Inc. | Universal catheter securement device |
BRPI0709500A2 (en) | 2006-04-10 | 2011-07-26 | Aeiomed Inc | apparatus for providing positive airway pressure for the treatment of sleep apnea, chronic pulmonary obstruction and snoring, and method for providing positive air pressure for the treatment of sleep apnea, chronic pulmonary obstruction and snoring |
US8603029B2 (en) | 2007-10-10 | 2013-12-10 | Hospi Corporation | Apparatuses and methods for medication administration |
JP5413816B2 (en) * | 2008-06-18 | 2014-02-12 | 株式会社ニコン | Template inspection method and inspection apparatus, nanoimprint apparatus, nanoimprint system, and device manufacturing method |
US9480821B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2016-11-01 | Venetec International, Inc. | Anchoring system for a medical article |
US9775980B2 (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2017-10-03 | Hospi Corporation | Valved enteral administration assembly |
US8882678B2 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2014-11-11 | Atrium Medical Corporation | Pleural drainage system and method of use |
WO2010107597A1 (en) * | 2009-03-19 | 2010-09-23 | Illinois Tool Works Inc. | One-way check valve |
EP2445564A1 (en) * | 2009-06-26 | 2012-05-02 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | A hyperpolarized contrast agent dispenser for magnetic resonance imaging |
WO2011033333A1 (en) * | 2009-09-18 | 2011-03-24 | B-K Medical Aps | Ultrasound probe |
US9271640B2 (en) | 2009-11-10 | 2016-03-01 | Illumigyn Ltd. | Optical speculum |
US8638995B2 (en) | 2009-11-10 | 2014-01-28 | Illumigyn Ltd. | Optical speculum |
US9877644B2 (en) | 2009-11-10 | 2018-01-30 | Illumigyn Ltd. | Optical speculum |
WO2011060197A1 (en) * | 2009-11-11 | 2011-05-19 | Venetec International, Inc. | Stabilizing device for an extension set |
WO2011060201A1 (en) * | 2009-11-11 | 2011-05-19 | Innovative Pulmonary Solutions, Inc. | Methods and systems for screening subjects |
US9770368B2 (en) | 2010-01-20 | 2017-09-26 | Kci Licensing, Inc. | Foam wound inserts with regions of higher and lower densities, wound dressings, and methods |
WO2011140456A2 (en) * | 2010-05-07 | 2011-11-10 | Carefusion 2200, Inc. | Improved catheter design for use in treating pleural diseases |
US9161778B2 (en) | 2010-06-11 | 2015-10-20 | Entourage Medical Technologies, Inc. | System and method for transapical access and closure |
US9044267B2 (en) | 2010-06-11 | 2015-06-02 | Entourage Medical Technologies, Inc. | System and method for transapical access and closure |
US9421032B2 (en) * | 2010-06-16 | 2016-08-23 | Covidien Lp | Seal port with blood collector |
WO2012029064A1 (en) * | 2010-09-02 | 2012-03-08 | Sipnose Ltd | A nasal delivary device |
US20120095504A1 (en) | 2010-09-20 | 2012-04-19 | Shanley John F | Method for providing surgical access |
US8777900B2 (en) * | 2010-12-14 | 2014-07-15 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Ambulatory enteral feeding system |
US20120167879A1 (en) * | 2011-01-03 | 2012-07-05 | Bowman Bruce R | Positive airway pressure therapy apparatus and methods |
TWM420333U (en) * | 2011-07-01 | 2012-01-11 | Avita Corp | Body fluid collecting apparatus |
US10314594B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2019-06-11 | Corquest Medical, Inc. | Assembly and method for left atrial appendage occlusion |
US10307167B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2019-06-04 | Corquest Medical, Inc. | Assembly and method for left atrial appendage occlusion |
US10813630B2 (en) | 2011-08-09 | 2020-10-27 | Corquest Medical, Inc. | Closure system for atrial wall |
US8439881B2 (en) * | 2011-08-25 | 2013-05-14 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical access device with adjustable cannula |
US8486045B2 (en) * | 2011-08-25 | 2013-07-16 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical access device with adjustable cannula |
US8496632B2 (en) * | 2011-08-25 | 2013-07-30 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical access device with adjustable cannula |
US8491545B2 (en) * | 2011-08-25 | 2013-07-23 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical access device with adjustable cannula |
US8496633B2 (en) * | 2011-08-25 | 2013-07-30 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical access device with adjustable cannula |
US9561134B2 (en) * | 2011-09-14 | 2017-02-07 | Matthew T. Scholz | Positive pressure medical dressings with valve and kits containing same |
EP2583642A1 (en) * | 2011-10-21 | 2013-04-24 | Universitätsspital Basel | Implantable stoma ring |
WO2013111057A1 (en) * | 2012-01-24 | 2013-08-01 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Drainage catheter system with cuff |
US9078990B1 (en) * | 2012-02-03 | 2015-07-14 | Andrew Thomas Obst | Devices and methods for treatment of fistulas and complex wounds |
US9888870B2 (en) | 2012-02-16 | 2018-02-13 | Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska | System and method for monitoring pleural fluid |
US9832980B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2017-12-05 | Carter J. Kovarik | Selectively bendable remote gripping tool |
US9901245B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2018-02-27 | Carter J. Kovarik | Selectively bendable remote gripping tool |
US10226266B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2019-03-12 | Carter J. Kovarik | Selectively bendable remote gripping tool |
US11083475B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2021-08-10 | Carter J. Kovarik | Medical device to remove an obstruction from a body lumen, vessel or organ |
US9592066B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2017-03-14 | Carter J. Kovarik | Selectively bendable remote gripping tool |
USD780547S1 (en) | 2013-08-08 | 2017-03-07 | Carter J. Kovarik | Pick up device with flexible shaft portion |
US9402968B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2016-08-02 | Mercy Medical Research Institute, Inc. | Colorectal delivery device |
JP2014028023A (en) * | 2012-07-31 | 2014-02-13 | Terumo Corp | Tube |
EP2695581B1 (en) | 2012-08-07 | 2019-03-13 | Critical Innovations, LLC | Device for simultaneously documenting and treating tension pneumothorax and/or hemothorax |
US20150297873A1 (en) * | 2012-08-22 | 2015-10-22 | Clemson University Research Foundation | Percutaneous tube stabilization device |
GB2510321B (en) * | 2012-11-12 | 2018-01-31 | Biosurgical S L | Agitation apparatus |
US20140142689A1 (en) | 2012-11-21 | 2014-05-22 | Didier De Canniere | Device and method of treating heart valve malfunction |
KR102357044B1 (en) | 2012-12-04 | 2022-02-08 | 말린크로트 파마슈티칼스 아일랜드 리미티드 | Cannula for minimizing dilution of dosing during nitric oxide delivery |
US9795756B2 (en) | 2012-12-04 | 2017-10-24 | Mallinckrodt Hospital Products IP Limited | Cannula for minimizing dilution of dosing during nitric oxide delivery |
US10039898B2 (en) * | 2013-01-08 | 2018-08-07 | Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. | Catheter sheath introducer with directional retention damper |
DE102013203116A1 (en) * | 2013-02-26 | 2014-08-28 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Abrasive device |
CN110585567B (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-04-12 | 维尼泰克国际股份有限公司 | Fixation device with integral strap and dressing |
EP2967516A4 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-11-16 | Prabhat K Ahluwalia | Content inflation and delivery system |
US8920381B2 (en) * | 2013-04-12 | 2014-12-30 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Infusion set with improved bore configuration |
CN103263703A (en) * | 2013-05-03 | 2013-08-28 | 江苏亚华生物科技工程有限公司 | Tension pneumothorax puncture component |
US9144635B1 (en) | 2013-07-01 | 2015-09-29 | Ibiz Innovations, Llc | Easily disinfected bulb-syringe |
AU2014342300A1 (en) | 2013-10-29 | 2016-05-19 | Entourage Medical Technologies, Inc. | System for providing surgical access |
US9566443B2 (en) | 2013-11-26 | 2017-02-14 | Corquest Medical, Inc. | System for treating heart valve malfunction including mitral regurgitation |
US10046147B2 (en) | 2013-12-26 | 2018-08-14 | Critical Innovations, LLC | Percutaneous access pathway system and method |
CN104874084B (en) * | 2014-02-28 | 2019-07-05 | 北京谊安医疗系统股份有限公司 | Outlet valve and ventilator with it |
US20150273156A1 (en) * | 2014-03-26 | 2015-10-01 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Devices for systemic drug delivery and related methods of use |
US10443939B2 (en) * | 2014-03-26 | 2019-10-15 | Phc Holdings Corporation | Exhalation measuring device and method for controlling exhalation measuring device |
US9693854B2 (en) * | 2014-03-31 | 2017-07-04 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Devices for forming collateral channels and related methods of use |
WO2015153500A1 (en) * | 2014-03-31 | 2015-10-08 | Spiration, Inc. | Simulated valve device for airway |
CA2939137A1 (en) * | 2014-04-30 | 2015-11-05 | Soffio Medical Inc. | Methods and devices for treating a hyper-inflated lung |
RU2675936C2 (en) * | 2014-05-28 | 2018-12-25 | Колопласт А/С | Stoma plates |
WO2015180731A1 (en) * | 2014-05-28 | 2015-12-03 | Coloplast A/S | An ostomy wafer |
US20150343139A1 (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2015-12-03 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Implantable pumps and related methods of use |
US10206686B2 (en) | 2014-06-10 | 2019-02-19 | Ethicon Llc | Bronchus sealants and methods of sealing bronchial tubes |
TWI549702B (en) * | 2014-07-22 | 2016-09-21 | 國立臺灣大學 | Medical supply composed of biodegradable adhesive material |
EP3701999B1 (en) | 2014-09-04 | 2023-08-23 | Atacor Medical, Inc. | Receptacle for pacemaker lead |
US10328268B2 (en) | 2014-09-04 | 2019-06-25 | AtaCor Medical, Inc. | Cardiac pacing |
US10743960B2 (en) | 2014-09-04 | 2020-08-18 | AtaCor Medical, Inc. | Cardiac arrhythmia treatment devices and delivery |
US9636505B2 (en) | 2014-11-24 | 2017-05-02 | AtaCor Medical, Inc. | Cardiac pacing sensing and control |
TWI552781B (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2016-10-11 | Liquid suction and discharge filter | |
AU2015343293A1 (en) | 2014-11-03 | 2017-05-25 | Fistula Solution Corporation | Containment devices for treatment of intestinal fistulas and complex wounds |
US11426302B2 (en) | 2014-11-03 | 2022-08-30 | Fistula Solution Corporation | Containment devices for treatment of intestinal fistulas and complex wounds |
US11097109B2 (en) | 2014-11-24 | 2021-08-24 | AtaCor Medical, Inc. | Cardiac pacing sensing and control |
US10842626B2 (en) | 2014-12-09 | 2020-11-24 | Didier De Canniere | Intracardiac device to correct mitral regurgitation |
US20160166320A1 (en) * | 2014-12-11 | 2016-06-16 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Medical device and methods of use |
WO2016146135A1 (en) * | 2015-03-16 | 2016-09-22 | Coloplast A/S | Ostomy device |
US10758712B2 (en) * | 2015-04-06 | 2020-09-01 | Santacruz Technology Llc | Medical device for treating abscesses |
CN107708784B (en) * | 2015-05-01 | 2022-01-14 | 小利兰斯坦福大学理事会 | System and method for protecting umbilical cord stump |
US9717293B2 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2017-08-01 | Michelle P. LIM | Magnetic fastener for a garment |
CA2998170C (en) | 2015-09-15 | 2023-10-03 | Savage Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for anchoring a sheath in a tissue cavity |
US10632284B2 (en) * | 2015-10-02 | 2020-04-28 | Rabie Stephan | Catheter port |
WO2017075595A1 (en) * | 2015-10-30 | 2017-05-04 | Soffio Medical Inc. | Devices for access to hyper-inflated lung |
AU2016364702B2 (en) | 2015-12-02 | 2021-01-28 | Coloplast A/S | Device for securely loading and mounting a tubular device in a flexible wall |
BE1023204B1 (en) * | 2016-03-18 | 2016-12-20 | Nougimmo Sprl | Assembly to handle a container |
US10286121B2 (en) * | 2016-04-11 | 2019-05-14 | Ulus Landon HUNT | Device for drawing and expelling a liquid or powder |
CA3039666C (en) | 2016-10-28 | 2022-08-23 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Coatings for increasing near-infrared detection distances |
CN110234367B (en) * | 2016-11-22 | 2022-04-19 | 阿尔弗雷德医疗集团 | Surgical system and method of use |
US10987128B2 (en) * | 2017-03-22 | 2021-04-27 | Covidien Lp | Cannula assembly |
US11083490B2 (en) | 2017-09-21 | 2021-08-10 | Covidien Lp | Systems and methods for large tissue specimen removal |
US10814119B2 (en) | 2017-09-22 | 2020-10-27 | Critical Innovations, LLC | Percutaneous access pathway system |
US11419658B2 (en) * | 2017-11-06 | 2022-08-23 | Uptake Medical Technology Inc. | Method for treating emphysema with condensable thermal vapor |
EP3485826A1 (en) * | 2017-11-20 | 2019-05-22 | Universität Regensburg - Universitätsklinikum | Needle assembly for relieving a pneumothorax |
FR3077013B1 (en) * | 2018-01-24 | 2023-12-15 | Aptar France Sas | FLUID PRODUCT DISTRIBUTION DEVICE. |
US11344356B2 (en) | 2018-02-28 | 2022-05-31 | Medtronic Cryocath Lp | Apparatus and method for targeted bronchial denervation by cryo-ablation |
CN108452422A (en) * | 2018-03-22 | 2018-08-28 | 四川省肿瘤医院 | A kind of autogenous cutting humidification cover |
CA3100063A1 (en) * | 2018-04-17 | 2019-10-24 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Airway visualization system |
CN112752589A (en) | 2018-06-25 | 2021-05-04 | 诺沃纳特公司 | System and method for protecting a catheter |
CN109157718A (en) * | 2018-07-26 | 2019-01-08 | 合肥康居人智能科技有限公司 | A kind of oxygen-absorption atomizing integral type oxygenerator atomization bite |
KR102011399B1 (en) * | 2018-10-10 | 2019-08-16 | 주식회사 코러스트 | Ultrasound apparatus of body cavity insertable type with separable sealing cover |
WO2020102181A1 (en) | 2018-11-13 | 2020-05-22 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Method of detecting a concealed pattern |
US11561329B2 (en) | 2019-01-07 | 2023-01-24 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Near infrared control coating, articles formed therefrom, and methods of making the same |
US11207097B2 (en) | 2019-02-13 | 2021-12-28 | Andrew Thomas Obst | Fluid management device for medical tubes and drainage incisions |
US12082785B2 (en) * | 2019-03-14 | 2024-09-10 | Medivators Inc. | Endoscope cleaning and flushing accessory |
EP3976167A1 (en) | 2019-05-29 | 2022-04-06 | Atacor Medical, Inc. | Implantable electrical leads and associated delivery systems |
USD907768S1 (en) | 2019-06-21 | 2021-01-12 | Novonate, Inc. | Catheter securing device |
US11523932B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2022-12-13 | Andrew Thomas Obst | Enteric fistula, rectovaginal fistula, and ostomy effluent containment system, and devices and methods thereof |
RU2757523C2 (en) * | 2020-01-17 | 2021-10-18 | Владимир Иванович Попов | Device for the treatment of open pneumothorax |
US11638606B2 (en) | 2020-04-15 | 2023-05-02 | Bard Peripheral Vascular, Inc. | Bipolar electrosurgical pleura sealing device, system, and method of operating same |
US11666771B2 (en) | 2020-05-29 | 2023-06-06 | AtaCor Medical, Inc. | Implantable electrical leads and associated delivery systems |
EP4161413A4 (en) * | 2020-06-04 | 2024-08-14 | Quick Tube Medical Llc | Method and apparatus for treating tension pneumothorax using a rapid deployment chest port |
RU2751651C1 (en) * | 2020-07-17 | 2021-07-15 | Федеральное государственное автономное образовательное учреждение высшего образования «Национальный исследовательский Томский государственный университет» | Hardware and software complex for physiotherapeutic training and prevention of respiratory diseases based on artificial lung ventilation apparatus |
US11666370B2 (en) | 2020-07-27 | 2023-06-06 | Medtronic, Inc. | Apparatus and method for targeted temporary bronchial nerve modulation by cryo-ablation for prevention and treatment of acute respiratory distress syndromes |
USD981567S1 (en) * | 2020-12-18 | 2023-03-21 | Hamilton Medical Ag | Part of an artificial lung ventilation apparatus |
DE102021113605B4 (en) * | 2021-05-26 | 2023-06-22 | Universität Rostock, Körperschaft des öffentlichen Rechts | Cleaning element for cleaning tissues and/or implants |
US20220387768A1 (en) * | 2021-06-04 | 2022-12-08 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | Balloon catheter and methods of manufacturing the same |
US20230012749A1 (en) * | 2021-07-13 | 2023-01-19 | Moldoveanu Designs LLC | Chest wound system |
EP4166178A1 (en) * | 2021-10-15 | 2023-04-19 | innotrach ApS | Tracheotomy apparatus and tracheostomy system |
Citations (84)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US953922A (en) * | 1907-06-17 | 1910-04-05 | John B Rogers | Tracheal cannula or tube. |
US2867213A (en) * | 1957-06-12 | 1959-01-06 | Jr Paul A Thomas | Flutter valve for drainage of the pleural cavity |
US2873742A (en) * | 1954-07-14 | 1959-02-17 | Research Corp | Surgical instruments |
US3556103A (en) * | 1968-03-15 | 1971-01-19 | Edward J Calhoun | Tracheotomy instrument |
US3638649A (en) * | 1969-07-07 | 1972-02-01 | Univ Minnesota | Implantable prosthetic pass-through device |
US3788326A (en) * | 1970-07-29 | 1974-01-29 | H Jacobs | Distally perforated catheter for use in ventilating system |
US4439189A (en) * | 1981-06-18 | 1984-03-27 | Bentley Laboratories, Inc. | Pleural drainage system |
US4502482A (en) * | 1983-05-23 | 1985-03-05 | Deluccia Victor C | Endotracheal tube complex |
US4583977A (en) * | 1984-08-15 | 1986-04-22 | Vsesojuzny Nauchno-Issledovatelsky Institut Meditsiuskikh Polimerov | Device for lengthy fixation of a tube introduced into the patient's body |
US4799494A (en) * | 1986-10-22 | 1989-01-24 | Wang Ko P | Percutaneous aspiration lung biopsy needle assembly |
US4813929A (en) * | 1987-02-19 | 1989-03-21 | Neal Semrad | Chest tube device and method of inserting device |
US5004456A (en) * | 1989-03-10 | 1991-04-02 | Arrow International Investment Corporation | In-dwelling catheter |
US5078689A (en) * | 1990-05-14 | 1992-01-07 | Keller Alan M | Device for removing body fluids |
US5281204A (en) * | 1989-12-26 | 1994-01-25 | Nissho Corporation | Device for forming an inserting hole and method of using and making the same |
US5389077A (en) * | 1993-03-03 | 1995-02-14 | Uresil Corporation | Minimally invasive body cavity penetrating instruments |
US5401262A (en) * | 1990-07-20 | 1995-03-28 | Atrium Medical Corporation | Fluid recovery system |
US5403264A (en) * | 1992-09-04 | 1995-04-04 | Ethicon, Inc. | Endoscopic closure inspection device |
US5484401A (en) * | 1992-11-04 | 1996-01-16 | Denver Biomaterials, Inc. | Treatment method for pleural effusion |
US5496297A (en) * | 1993-02-22 | 1996-03-05 | Coloplast A/S | Ostomy coupling |
US5501677A (en) * | 1993-06-25 | 1996-03-26 | Jensen; Ole R. | Two-piece ostomy appliance and low-profile coupling ring assembly |
US5501678A (en) * | 1991-08-30 | 1996-03-26 | Coloplast A/S | Adapter for use in connection with ostomy equipment |
US5616131A (en) * | 1992-09-23 | 1997-04-01 | Lasersurge, Inc. | Apparatus and method for anchoring surgical instrumentation |
US5728066A (en) * | 1995-12-13 | 1998-03-17 | Daneshvar; Yousef | Injection systems and methods |
US5730735A (en) * | 1996-03-12 | 1998-03-24 | Hollister Incorporated | Convex ostomy faceplate with floating flange and finger recess |
US5738661A (en) * | 1995-06-16 | 1998-04-14 | Larice; Gennaro | Medical device for holding a feeding tube and use thereof |
US5897531A (en) * | 1994-01-07 | 1999-04-27 | Amirana; Omar | Adhesive surgical retaining device |
US6174323B1 (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 2001-01-16 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Method and assembly for lung volume reduction |
US6197010B1 (en) * | 1998-06-11 | 2001-03-06 | Hollister Incorporated | Ostomy appliance faceplate with concealed coupling ring flange |
US6200333B1 (en) * | 1997-04-07 | 2001-03-13 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Bronchial stenter |
US6334441B1 (en) * | 1998-11-23 | 2002-01-01 | Mallinckrodt Medical, Inc. | Phonation valve for breathing tube |
US6358269B1 (en) * | 1998-11-02 | 2002-03-19 | Ralph Aye | Method of treating peripheral bronchopleural fistulas |
US20020042564A1 (en) * | 1999-08-05 | 2002-04-11 | Cooper Joel D. | Devices for creating collateral channels in the lungs |
US20030013935A1 (en) * | 2001-07-10 | 2003-01-16 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device viewable under X ray fluoroscopy |
US20030018344A1 (en) * | 2001-07-19 | 2003-01-23 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Medical device and method of embolizing bronchus or bronchiole |
US20030018309A1 (en) * | 2001-07-17 | 2003-01-23 | Breznock Eugene Michael | Method and apparatus for chest drainage |
US6514290B1 (en) * | 2000-03-31 | 2003-02-04 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Lung elastic recoil restoring or tissue compressing device and method |
US6517519B1 (en) * | 1999-08-13 | 2003-02-11 | The Johns Hopkins University | Device and method for rapid chest tube insertion |
US6520183B2 (en) * | 2001-06-11 | 2003-02-18 | Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center | Double endobronchial catheter for one lung isolation anesthesia and surgery |
US6527761B1 (en) * | 2000-10-27 | 2003-03-04 | Pulmonx, Inc. | Methods and devices for obstructing and aspirating lung tissue segments |
US20030050648A1 (en) * | 2001-09-11 | 2003-03-13 | Spiration, Inc. | Removable lung reduction devices, systems, and methods |
US20030051733A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2003-03-20 | Pulmonx | Method and apparatus for endobronchial diagnosis |
US20030055331A1 (en) * | 2001-09-11 | 2003-03-20 | Pulmonx | Methods of endobronchial diagnosis using imaging |
US20030065339A1 (en) * | 2001-10-02 | 2003-04-03 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device including reinforced suture holes |
US20030069488A1 (en) * | 2001-07-10 | 2003-04-10 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device including fixation structure |
US6550475B1 (en) * | 1998-03-11 | 2003-04-22 | Oldfield Family Holdings Pty. Limited | Endotracheal tube for selective bronchial occlusion |
US20030078469A1 (en) * | 2001-10-18 | 2003-04-24 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device including tear resistant structures |
US20030220621A1 (en) * | 2002-04-16 | 2003-11-27 | Dr. William Arkinstall | Valved ostomy drainage device |
US20040010289A1 (en) * | 2000-10-17 | 2004-01-15 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Control system and process for application of energy to airway walls and other mediums |
US20040010209A1 (en) * | 2002-07-15 | 2004-01-15 | Spiration, Inc. | Device and method for measuring the diameter of an air passageway |
US6679264B1 (en) * | 2000-03-04 | 2004-01-20 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Methods and devices for use in performing pulmonary procedures |
US6682506B1 (en) * | 1998-12-22 | 2004-01-27 | Francis Navarro | Device for maintaining at least a tube |
US20040024356A1 (en) * | 2002-07-31 | 2004-02-05 | Don Tanaka | Long term oxygen therapy system |
US20040031494A1 (en) * | 1998-06-10 | 2004-02-19 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods of treating asthma |
US6695791B2 (en) * | 2002-01-04 | 2004-02-24 | Spiration, Inc. | System and method for capturing body tissue samples |
US20040040555A1 (en) * | 2002-08-28 | 2004-03-04 | Don Tanaka | Collateral ventilation bypass trap system |
US20040047855A1 (en) * | 2002-06-17 | 2004-03-11 | Bistech, Inc., A Delaware Corporation | Compositions and methods for reducing lung volume |
US6709401B2 (en) * | 1999-07-02 | 2004-03-23 | Pulmonx | Methods, systems, and kits for lung volume reduction |
US20040059263A1 (en) * | 2002-09-24 | 2004-03-25 | Spiration, Inc. | Device and method for measuring the diameter of an air passageway |
US20040055606A1 (en) * | 2001-03-02 | 2004-03-25 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Bronchial flow control devices with membrane seal |
US6712812B2 (en) * | 1999-08-05 | 2004-03-30 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Devices for creating collateral channels |
US20040073155A1 (en) * | 2000-01-14 | 2004-04-15 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in tissue |
US6837906B2 (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2005-01-04 | Ensure Medical, Inc. | Lung assist apparatus and methods for use |
US20050005936A1 (en) * | 2003-06-18 | 2005-01-13 | Wondka Anthony David | Methods, systems and devices for improving ventilation in a lung area |
US6846292B2 (en) * | 2002-02-19 | 2005-01-25 | Mohamed Bakry | Pleural biopsy and brushing needle |
US6849061B2 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2005-02-01 | Robert B. Wagner | Method and apparatus for pleural drainage |
US20050022809A1 (en) * | 2003-04-25 | 2005-02-03 | Wondka Anthony David | Methods, systems and devices for desufflating a lung area |
US20050025816A1 (en) * | 2003-07-15 | 2005-02-03 | Don Tanaka | Methods and devices to accelerate wound healing in thoracic anastomosis applications |
US6852108B2 (en) * | 2002-05-14 | 2005-02-08 | Spiration, Inc. | Apparatus and method for resecting and removing selected body tissue from a site inside a patient |
US20050033344A1 (en) * | 2002-05-17 | 2005-02-10 | Dillard David H. | One-way valve devices for anchored implantation in a lung |
US20050043751A1 (en) * | 2001-09-04 | 2005-02-24 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in a body organ |
US20050043752A1 (en) * | 2001-09-04 | 2005-02-24 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in a body organ |
US20050043745A1 (en) * | 2000-03-23 | 2005-02-24 | Alferness Clifton A. | Tissue resection device, system, and method |
US20060025815A1 (en) * | 2004-07-08 | 2006-02-02 | Mcgurk Erin | Lung device with sealing features |
US6997189B2 (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 2006-02-14 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Method for lung volume reduction |
US7011094B2 (en) * | 2001-03-02 | 2006-03-14 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Bronchial flow control devices and methods of use |
US7014628B2 (en) * | 1995-07-07 | 2006-03-21 | Bousquet Gerald G | Transcutaneous access device |
US7172581B2 (en) * | 2001-09-24 | 2007-02-06 | Coloplast A/S | Ostomy appliance with a removable, washable and reusable sealing member |
US7175644B2 (en) * | 2001-02-14 | 2007-02-13 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Devices and methods for maintaining collateral channels in tissue |
US20070051372A1 (en) * | 2005-08-23 | 2007-03-08 | Don Tanaka | Collateral ventilation bypass system with retention features |
US7192420B2 (en) * | 2003-08-08 | 2007-03-20 | Whiteford Bruce W | Ostomy adapter with multiple adhesives for reliable sealing |
US7195017B2 (en) * | 2003-07-03 | 2007-03-27 | Cordis Corporation | Collateral ventilation bypass trap system |
US7195016B2 (en) * | 2004-01-07 | 2007-03-27 | E. Benson Hood Laboratories | Transtracheal oxygen stent |
US20100043786A1 (en) * | 2006-05-18 | 2010-02-25 | Breathe Technologies | Tracheostoma spacer, tracheotomy method, and device for inserting a tracheostoma spacer |
US7686013B2 (en) * | 2006-01-17 | 2010-03-30 | Portaero, Inc. | Variable resistance pulmonary ventilation bypass valve |
Family Cites Families (294)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US733152A (en) | 1902-08-30 | 1903-07-07 | Murdoch Chisholm | Empyema drainage device. |
US753922A (en) * | 1903-05-23 | 1904-03-08 | John Scheidler | Fence-post. |
US1596754A (en) * | 1923-10-30 | 1926-08-17 | Judson D Moschelle | Reenforced tubing |
US2206687A (en) | 1937-11-29 | 1940-07-02 | Martha F Mckesson | Pleural diagnosis and treatment |
US2599521A (en) * | 1949-06-02 | 1952-06-03 | Robert A Berman | Respiratory device |
US2991787A (en) | 1957-04-11 | 1961-07-11 | Sierra Eng Co | Tracheotomy instrument |
GB862795A (en) | 1958-06-12 | 1961-03-15 | Bodin Girin & Cie Tissus Ind | Tubular members provided with corrugated walls and method for producing same |
NL122709C (en) * | 1961-06-13 | |||
FR1322998A (en) * | 1962-02-23 | 1963-04-05 | Improvements to aerosol production devices | |
NL108491C (en) | 1962-11-12 | |||
US3253594A (en) | 1963-07-30 | 1966-05-31 | Frank E Matthews | Peritoneal cannula |
US3463159A (en) | 1965-02-16 | 1969-08-26 | Henry J Heimlich | Instrument for drainage of the chest |
US3294355A (en) | 1965-02-23 | 1966-12-27 | Louis Rolnick | Wall hangers |
US3707146A (en) | 1967-03-07 | 1972-12-26 | Prod Res & Chem Corp | Means to inject a plastic into a cavity to produce a replica thereof |
US3511243A (en) | 1967-07-18 | 1970-05-12 | Frederic J Toy | Apparatus for providing a breathing conduit communicating with the trachea at the base of the neck |
US3688773A (en) | 1970-04-16 | 1972-09-05 | Sol Weiss | Device for performing a tracheostomy and other surgical procedures |
US3682166A (en) | 1970-07-29 | 1972-08-08 | Harvey Barry Jacobs | Emergency percutaneous trans-tracheal high flow oxygen catheter-type resuscitator for restoration of breathing in non-breathing patients |
US3777757A (en) | 1971-01-08 | 1973-12-11 | R Gray | Sucking wound plug and chest aspirator |
US3766920A (en) | 1971-07-21 | 1973-10-23 | Ezem Co | Enemata administering device |
US3817250A (en) | 1972-10-24 | 1974-06-18 | Int Medical Devices Inc | Instrument for performing a tracheostomy and other surgical procedures |
US3916903A (en) | 1973-07-20 | 1975-11-04 | Reta M H Pozzi | Cricothyroid puncture apparatus |
US3924637A (en) * | 1974-12-23 | 1975-12-09 | Arthur H Swanson | Tracheotomy tube |
US4312992A (en) * | 1976-12-03 | 1982-01-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Substituted heterofulvalenes |
US4153058A (en) | 1977-07-05 | 1979-05-08 | Nehme Alexander E | Pleural decompression catheter |
US4188946A (en) * | 1977-10-07 | 1980-02-19 | Rayburn Robert L | Controllable partial rebreathing anesthesia circuit and respiratory assist device |
DE2750447C2 (en) * | 1977-11-11 | 1986-04-17 | Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V., 3400 Göttingen | Device for measuring certain properties of particles suspended in a particle suspension |
US4291694A (en) | 1979-10-29 | 1981-09-29 | Chai S | Apparatus and method for performing a thoracic operation |
US4395260A (en) * | 1981-06-01 | 1983-07-26 | Sorenson Research Co., Inc. | Drip chamber |
US4465062A (en) | 1982-05-14 | 1984-08-14 | Gina Versaggi | Noninvasive seal for a sucking chest wound |
US4872869A (en) | 1982-06-09 | 1989-10-10 | Smith & Nephew (Latin America), Inc. | Low profile ostomy device |
AU562370B2 (en) * | 1982-10-02 | 1987-06-11 | Smith & Nephew Associated Companies Plc | Moisture vapour permeable adhesive surgical dressing |
US4527559A (en) * | 1982-10-18 | 1985-07-09 | Roxburg Dwight W | Endotracheal tube anchoring mechanism |
FR2538705B1 (en) * | 1982-12-29 | 1987-12-31 | Vincent Michel | MEDICAL APPARATUS FOR THE EXSUFFLATION OF TIRES |
US4513739A (en) * | 1983-02-15 | 1985-04-30 | Howmedica, Inc. | Wound dressing |
JPS6129720U (en) | 1984-07-28 | 1986-02-22 | 高砂医科工業株式会社 | Intestinal anastomosis aid |
DK151044C (en) | 1984-12-07 | 1988-05-16 | Coloplast As | STOMI EQUIPMENT CONSISTING OF A BANDAGE, A STOMIPOUS AND A CIRCUIT, AND PLATE COUPLING AND POCKET COUPLING FOR USE THEREOF |
US4664660A (en) | 1985-04-01 | 1987-05-12 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Chest drainage apparatus with ambient air sealing |
US4717385A (en) * | 1985-04-12 | 1988-01-05 | The Beth Israel Hospital Association | Surgical tube anchoring device and method for using same |
DK158827C (en) | 1986-09-04 | 1991-01-14 | Coloplast As | REUSABLE CLUTCHING ORGANIZATION FOR STOMPOSE BAGS AND DISPOSAL AND STOMIPOUS SYSTEM FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH IT |
ATE66618T1 (en) | 1986-09-16 | 1991-09-15 | Edward Michael Goldberg | DEVICE FOR DRAINAGE OF THE PLEURAL CAVITY. |
US4889534A (en) | 1986-12-04 | 1989-12-26 | Hollister Incorporated | Ostomy appliance with three-lement coupling ring assembly |
GB8629424D0 (en) | 1986-12-09 | 1987-01-21 | Craig Med Prod Ltd | Ostomy bag coupling |
US5356386A (en) | 1987-06-05 | 1994-10-18 | Uresil Corporation | Apparatus for locating body cavities |
US4944724A (en) | 1987-06-05 | 1990-07-31 | Uresil Corporation | Apparatus for locating body cavities having signaling indicator |
US5199424A (en) | 1987-06-26 | 1993-04-06 | Sullivan Colin E | Device for monitoring breathing during sleep and control of CPAP treatment that is patient controlled |
US4869717A (en) | 1988-04-25 | 1989-09-26 | Adair Edwin Lloyd | Gas insufflation needle with instrument port |
US4959054A (en) | 1988-11-23 | 1990-09-25 | Clemson University | Pharmaceutically protected percutaneous devices |
US5006401A (en) * | 1988-11-23 | 1991-04-09 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Composite compression and support dressing |
US4976688A (en) | 1989-02-03 | 1990-12-11 | Rosenblum Jeffrey L | Position-adjustable thoracic catheter |
US4905694A (en) * | 1989-04-04 | 1990-03-06 | Ethicon, Inc. | Intracorporeal temporary wound closure |
US5141516A (en) | 1989-07-26 | 1992-08-25 | Detweiler Mark B | Dissolvable anastomosis stent and method for using the same |
US5217441A (en) | 1989-08-15 | 1993-06-08 | United States Surgical Corporation | Trocar guide tube positioning device |
US5336206A (en) | 1989-08-15 | 1994-08-09 | United States Surgical Corporation | Trocar penetration depth indicator and guide tube positioning device |
CA2028618C (en) | 1989-11-17 | 2001-12-11 | Peter Leslie Steer | Ostomy coupling |
US5060645A (en) | 1990-08-14 | 1991-10-29 | Russell David N | Tracheostomy tube assembly |
US5178138A (en) * | 1990-09-11 | 1993-01-12 | Walstrom Dennis R | Drug delivery device |
US5073169A (en) | 1990-10-02 | 1991-12-17 | Steve Raiken | Trocar support |
US5218957A (en) | 1990-10-19 | 1993-06-15 | Ballard Medical Products | Multi-layered transtracheal catheter |
US5230332A (en) | 1990-10-22 | 1993-07-27 | Ballard Medical Products | Methods and apparatus for a micro-tracheal catheter hub assembly |
US5137509A (en) | 1991-04-17 | 1992-08-11 | Dexide, Inc. | Surgical insufflation instrument |
US5139485A (en) | 1991-05-03 | 1992-08-18 | Ethicon, Inc. | Verress needle with enhanced acoustical means |
US5230350A (en) | 1991-05-29 | 1993-07-27 | Tabex Industries, Inc. | Moisture barrier for indwelling catheters and the like |
US6461296B1 (en) * | 1998-06-26 | 2002-10-08 | 2000 Injectx, Inc. | Method and apparatus for delivery of genes, enzymes and biological agents to tissue cells |
US5207652A (en) * | 1991-10-23 | 1993-05-04 | Bioderm | Medical apparatus fixation and infection control device |
FR2683150B1 (en) * | 1991-10-30 | 1994-01-21 | Robert Bezicot | ARTIFICIAL NOSE FOR TRACHEOTOMIZED SUBJECT, WITH A SURGICAL ORIFICE ENDING THE TRACHEA WITH THE SKIN. |
USD340989S (en) * | 1991-11-26 | 1993-11-02 | Upstate Design and Marketing, Inc. | Adhesive bandage |
USD340987S (en) * | 1991-11-26 | 1993-11-02 | Upstate Design and Marketing, Inc. | Adhesive bandage |
US5376376A (en) | 1992-01-13 | 1994-12-27 | Li; Shu-Tung | Resorbable vascular wound dressings |
US5947914A (en) * | 1995-02-21 | 1999-09-07 | Augustine Medical, Inc. | Wound covering |
GR930100244A (en) * | 1992-06-30 | 1994-02-28 | Ethicon Inc | Flexible endoscopic surgical port |
GB9214716D0 (en) * | 1992-07-10 | 1992-08-19 | Emmark Technology | Tracheostomy filter |
US5263939A (en) | 1992-10-09 | 1993-11-23 | Surgin Surgical Instrumentation, Inc. | Retainer for laparoscopic cannula |
US5357946A (en) * | 1992-10-19 | 1994-10-25 | Sherwood Medical Company | Ventilator manifold with accessory access port and adaptors therefore |
US5344410A (en) | 1992-11-17 | 1994-09-06 | Kolkin Yakov G | Device for draining the pleural cavity |
US5407433A (en) | 1993-02-10 | 1995-04-18 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Gas-tight seal accommodating surgical instruments with a wide range of diameters |
US5315992A (en) | 1993-03-10 | 1994-05-31 | Dalton William J | Triple cuff endobronchial tube with selective multiple outlets served by a single airflow passage |
US5312331A (en) | 1993-04-15 | 1994-05-17 | Knoepfler Dennis J | Method and apparatus for talc pleurodesis |
US5478333A (en) | 1994-03-04 | 1995-12-26 | Asherman, Jr.; Richard E. | Medical dressing for treating open chest injuries |
US5318523A (en) * | 1993-07-13 | 1994-06-07 | Lu Jieh Shan | Drug-feeder for children |
US5366478A (en) | 1993-07-27 | 1994-11-22 | Ethicon, Inc. | Endoscopic surgical sealing device |
US5354283A (en) | 1994-01-07 | 1994-10-11 | Little Rapids Corporation | Trocar retention apparatus |
US5431633A (en) | 1994-05-06 | 1995-07-11 | Global Fury, Inc. | Noninvasive device for preventing pressure build-up in pleural space and reducing possibility of development of a tension pneumothorax from an open pneumothorax |
US5685859A (en) * | 1994-06-02 | 1997-11-11 | Nikomed Aps | Device for fixating a drainage tube and a drainage tube assembly |
US6056744A (en) | 1994-06-24 | 2000-05-02 | Conway Stuart Medical, Inc. | Sphincter treatment apparatus |
JP3394327B2 (en) * | 1994-07-11 | 2003-04-07 | テルモ株式会社 | Tube inner surface treatment method |
US5695504A (en) | 1995-02-24 | 1997-12-09 | Heartport, Inc. | Devices and methods for performing a vascular anastomosis |
GB9507666D0 (en) | 1995-04-13 | 1995-05-31 | Squibb & Sons Inc | Ostomy coupling |
US5634937A (en) | 1995-05-19 | 1997-06-03 | General Surgical Innovations, Inc. | Skin seal with inflatable membrane |
US5588424A (en) | 1995-06-28 | 1996-12-31 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Bronchial blocker endotracheal apparatus |
JPH0928666A (en) * | 1995-07-21 | 1997-02-04 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Trocar |
US5660175A (en) | 1995-08-21 | 1997-08-26 | Dayal; Bimal | Endotracheal device |
JP3229809B2 (en) * | 1995-08-31 | 2001-11-19 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Semiconductor device |
JP3024069U (en) * | 1995-09-13 | 1996-05-17 | 富士システムズ株式会社 | Thoracoscopic insertion aid |
US5836311A (en) | 1995-09-20 | 1998-11-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for temporarily immobilizing a local area of tissue |
US5735661A (en) * | 1995-10-31 | 1998-04-07 | Nynex Science & Technology, Inc. | Transporter for storing and carrying multiple articles, such as coin collection boxes |
AU7280796A (en) * | 1995-12-13 | 1997-07-03 | Nikomed Aps | A device for fixating a drainage tube |
US6273912B1 (en) | 1996-02-28 | 2001-08-14 | Impra, Inc. | Flanged graft for end-to-side anastomosis |
US5951588A (en) | 1996-02-29 | 1999-09-14 | Moenning; Stephen P. | Apparatus and method for protecting a port site opening in the wall of a body cavity |
US5931821A (en) | 1996-03-05 | 1999-08-03 | Tyco Group S.A.R.L. | Chest drainage unit with controlled automatic excess negativity relief feature |
US5736661A (en) * | 1996-03-12 | 1998-04-07 | Armstrong; Paul R. | System and method for tuning an instrument to a meantone temperament |
US5755709A (en) * | 1996-04-25 | 1998-05-26 | Cuppy; Michael J. | Catheter system for percutaneously introducing a liquid |
CA2186656C (en) | 1996-08-20 | 2007-11-06 | Peter Leslie Steer | An ostomy coupling |
US6355034B2 (en) * | 1996-09-20 | 2002-03-12 | Ioan Cosmescu | Multifunctional telescopic monopolar/bipolar surgical device and method therefor |
AUPO322396A0 (en) | 1996-10-25 | 1996-11-21 | Robinson, Gavin J.B. Dr | A method of measuring cardiac output by pulmonary exchange of oxygen and an inert gas with the blood utilising a divided airway |
US5807341A (en) | 1996-12-11 | 1998-09-15 | Team Medical Llc | Medical catheter dressing device |
US5779649A (en) * | 1996-12-17 | 1998-07-14 | Pabban Development, Inc. | Surgical suction wand with filter |
WO1998027878A1 (en) * | 1996-12-20 | 1998-07-02 | Fundação E.J. Zerbini | A prosthesis for thoracostomy and method for its implantation |
WO1998032380A1 (en) * | 1997-01-24 | 1998-07-30 | University Of Massachusetts | Auxiliary thoracic endoscope for minimally invasive surgery |
JPH10309321A (en) | 1997-03-11 | 1998-11-24 | San Medical Gijutsu Kenkyusho:Kk | Skin button |
US5743053A (en) * | 1997-03-25 | 1998-04-28 | Somerville; Ronald E. | Protective barrier for arresting the fall of a person on a stairway |
US5961090A (en) | 1997-04-03 | 1999-10-05 | Parkin; Emanuel | Mounting device |
US6411852B1 (en) | 1997-04-07 | 2002-06-25 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Modification of airways by application of energy |
US6083255A (en) | 1997-04-07 | 2000-07-04 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Bronchial stenter |
US6488673B1 (en) | 1997-04-07 | 2002-12-03 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Method of increasing gas exchange of a lung |
US6273907B1 (en) | 1997-04-07 | 2001-08-14 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Bronchial stenter |
US5972026A (en) | 1997-04-07 | 1999-10-26 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Bronchial stenter having diametrically adjustable electrodes |
US6283988B1 (en) | 1997-04-07 | 2001-09-04 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Bronchial stenter having expandable electrodes |
GB2324729B (en) | 1997-04-30 | 2002-01-02 | Bradford Hospitals Nhs Trust | Lung treatment device |
US5891159A (en) * | 1997-05-02 | 1999-04-06 | Cardiothoratic Systems, Inc. | Automatic purse string suture device |
US6222090B1 (en) * | 1997-05-05 | 2001-04-24 | Shower-Seal, Inc. | Waterproof injection port cover |
US5954636A (en) | 1997-07-15 | 1999-09-21 | Schwartz; Roy E. | Pediatric endotracheal tube with bronchial blocker and method for selectively blocking respiratory airflow to a pediatric patient's lung |
US20060239930A1 (en) * | 1997-08-04 | 2006-10-26 | Herbert Lamche | Process for nebulizing aqueous compositions containing highly concentrated insulin |
DE69828301T2 (en) | 1997-08-26 | 2005-12-15 | Absolute Closure Innovations, Inc., Bozeman | FASTENING DEVICE FOR PRODUCING A WATER-RESISTANT SEAL BETWEEN WOVEN FABRICS |
US5954766A (en) * | 1997-09-16 | 1999-09-21 | Zadno-Azizi; Gholam-Reza | Body fluid flow control device |
US20040199202A1 (en) * | 1997-11-12 | 2004-10-07 | Genesis Technologies Llc | Biological passageway occlusion removal |
CA2310088C (en) * | 1997-11-14 | 2008-12-16 | Carl E. Yee | Multi-sheath delivery catheter |
US6014972A (en) * | 1997-12-11 | 2000-01-18 | Thayer Medical Corporation | Dry drug particle delivery system and method for ventilator circuits |
US6651670B2 (en) * | 1998-02-13 | 2003-11-25 | Ventrica, Inc. | Delivering a conduit into a heart wall to place a coronary vessel in communication with a heart chamber and removing tissue from the vessel or heart wall to facilitate such communication |
US5997509A (en) * | 1998-03-06 | 1999-12-07 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Minimally invasive gene therapy delivery device and method |
US6330882B1 (en) | 1998-03-06 | 2001-12-18 | Ronald French | Emergency apparatus for evacuating air from the body cavity |
US6106495A (en) * | 1998-05-20 | 2000-08-22 | Howmedica Inc. | Methods and apparatus for delivering antibiotic powders into the femoral canal for the reduction of orthopaedic sepsis during total hip arthroplasty |
US6599311B1 (en) | 1998-06-05 | 2003-07-29 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Method and assembly for lung volume reduction |
US7198635B2 (en) | 2000-10-17 | 2007-04-03 | Asthmatx, Inc. | Modification of airways by application of energy |
US6293930B1 (en) | 1998-06-11 | 2001-09-25 | Hollister Incorporated | Low-profile ostomy faceplate with recessed coupling ring |
US6736797B1 (en) | 1998-06-19 | 2004-05-18 | Unomedical A/S | Subcutaneous infusion set |
JP2000060862A (en) * | 1998-08-20 | 2000-02-29 | Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd | Pallial tube for insertion of thoracoscope with cuff |
US6135111A (en) * | 1998-08-31 | 2000-10-24 | Vital Signs Inc. | Tracheostomy tube with removable inner cannula |
SE512807C2 (en) | 1998-09-02 | 2000-05-15 | Bjoern Flodin | Device for supplying inhalation gas to and removing exhalation gas from a patient |
DE19852848C1 (en) | 1998-11-11 | 2000-08-24 | Klaus Affeld | Method for forming an infection protection cuff for the passage of a channel through the skin into the interior of the body and device therefor |
JP2000197706A (en) * | 1999-01-06 | 2000-07-18 | Hideo Horii | Supporsitor insertion tool |
US6028255A (en) * | 1999-02-16 | 2000-02-22 | Myronyk; Charles E. | Detachable neck for a guitar |
US9814869B1 (en) | 1999-06-15 | 2017-11-14 | C.R. Bard, Inc. | Graft-catheter vascular access system |
AU766506B2 (en) | 1999-06-18 | 2003-10-16 | Powerlung Inc | Pulmonary exercise device |
US7815590B2 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2010-10-19 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in tissue |
US20050177144A1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2005-08-11 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in a body organ |
US20050060044A1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2005-03-17 | Ed Roschak | Methods and devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in a body organ |
US7022088B2 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2006-04-04 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Devices for applying energy to tissue |
US7422584B2 (en) | 2002-07-05 | 2008-09-09 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Extrapleural airway device and method |
US20030130657A1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2003-07-10 | Tom Curtis P. | Devices for applying energy to tissue |
US20050137715A1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2005-06-23 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in a body organ |
US6749606B2 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2004-06-15 | Thomas Keast | Devices for creating collateral channels |
US6179804B1 (en) * | 1999-08-18 | 2001-01-30 | Oxypatch, Llc | Treatment apparatus for wounds |
US6293951B1 (en) | 1999-08-24 | 2001-09-25 | Spiration, Inc. | Lung reduction device, system, and method |
US6416554B1 (en) | 1999-08-24 | 2002-07-09 | Spiration, Inc. | Lung reduction apparatus and method |
JP4006612B2 (en) * | 1999-09-27 | 2007-11-14 | ソニー株式会社 | DATA PROCESSING DEVICE AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD, RECORDING MEDIUM, DIGITAL BROADCAST RECEIVING DEVICE, AND RECORDING / REPRODUCING METHOD IN DIGITAL BROADCAST RECEIVING DEVICE |
US6402754B1 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2002-06-11 | Spiration, Inc. | Apparatus for expanding the thorax |
US6398775B1 (en) | 1999-10-21 | 2002-06-04 | Pulmonx | Apparatus and method for isolated lung access |
WO2001045568A1 (en) | 1999-12-20 | 2001-06-28 | Dexterity Surgical, Inc. | Adjustable surgical wound protector and retractor |
US20030070683A1 (en) | 2000-03-04 | 2003-04-17 | Deem Mark E. | Methods and devices for use in performing pulmonary procedures |
US6770070B1 (en) * | 2000-03-17 | 2004-08-03 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Lung treatment apparatus and method |
US6945969B1 (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2005-09-20 | Medtronic, Inc. | Catheter for target specific drug delivery |
US6701928B2 (en) * | 2000-04-06 | 2004-03-09 | Wake Forest University | Inhaler dispensing system adapters for laryngectomized subjects and associated methods |
US6274787B1 (en) * | 2000-04-30 | 2001-08-14 | Eric Downing | Transparent, span-over-the-wound bandage |
US6459917B1 (en) * | 2000-05-22 | 2002-10-01 | Ashok Gowda | Apparatus for access to interstitial fluid, blood, or blood plasma components |
US6719749B1 (en) * | 2000-06-01 | 2004-04-13 | Medical Components, Inc. | Multilumen catheter assembly and methods for making and inserting the same |
US6363932B1 (en) * | 2000-07-06 | 2002-04-02 | Clinical Technologies, Inc. | Aerosol enhancement device |
MXPA02012859A (en) * | 2000-07-15 | 2003-05-14 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Medicament dispenser. |
US6443156B1 (en) | 2000-08-02 | 2002-09-03 | Laura E. Niklason | Separable double lumen endotracheal tube |
US6569121B1 (en) | 2000-10-12 | 2003-05-27 | Benjamin Warren Purow | Sheath device with dressing for prevention of pneumothorax |
US20060135947A1 (en) | 2000-10-27 | 2006-06-22 | Pulmonx | Occlusal stent and methods for its use |
US6585639B1 (en) | 2000-10-27 | 2003-07-01 | Pulmonx | Sheath and method for reconfiguring lung viewing scope |
US6692449B1 (en) * | 2000-12-15 | 2004-02-17 | Northwestern University | Methods and system for assessing limb position sense during movement |
AU2002309473A1 (en) | 2001-01-08 | 2002-10-08 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Keratinocyte growth factor-2 |
US6890295B2 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2005-05-10 | Medtronic, Inc. | Anatomical space access tools and methods |
AU2002241902A1 (en) | 2001-01-18 | 2002-07-30 | The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Prosthetic device for respiratory patients |
US20020112729A1 (en) | 2001-02-21 | 2002-08-22 | Spiration, Inc. | Intra-bronchial obstructing device that controls biological interaction with the patient |
US9132253B2 (en) * | 2001-02-23 | 2015-09-15 | Lawrence A. Lynn | Asthma resuscitation system and method |
US6609521B1 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2003-08-26 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Endotracheal tube |
US6969373B2 (en) * | 2001-04-13 | 2005-11-29 | Tricardia, Llc | Syringe system |
RU2192185C1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2002-11-10 | Фатихов Рашит Габдуллович | Pleural cavity drainage apparatus |
US6871228B2 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2005-03-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Methods and apparatus in distributed remote logging system for remote adhoc data analysis customized with multilevel hierarchical logger tree |
WO2003007821A1 (en) | 2001-07-18 | 2003-01-30 | Sumitomo Bakelite Company Limited | Medical treating instrument |
US7364565B2 (en) | 2001-07-27 | 2008-04-29 | Ramot At Tel Aviv University Ltd. | Controlled enzymatic removal and retrieval of cells |
US20050060042A1 (en) | 2001-09-04 | 2005-03-17 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining surgically created channels in a body organ |
US20050137611A1 (en) | 2001-09-04 | 2005-06-23 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining surgically created channels in a body organ |
US20050060041A1 (en) | 2001-09-04 | 2005-03-17 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining surgically created channels in a body organ |
US7883471B2 (en) | 2001-09-10 | 2011-02-08 | Pulmonx Corporation | Minimally invasive determination of collateral ventilation in lungs |
EP1434615B1 (en) | 2001-10-11 | 2007-07-11 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Bronchial flow control device |
US6592594B2 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2003-07-15 | Spiration, Inc. | Bronchial obstruction device deployment system and method |
US20030127090A1 (en) | 2001-11-14 | 2003-07-10 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Active pump bronchial implant devices and methods of use thereof |
US6840242B1 (en) * | 2002-01-23 | 2005-01-11 | Mccoy Stephen Craig | Tracheostomy aspiration suction tube |
US6827086B2 (en) | 2002-02-01 | 2004-12-07 | Spiration, Inc. | Device and method of isolating deleterious body tissue located within healthy body tissue |
US20030154576A1 (en) | 2002-02-20 | 2003-08-21 | Eddia Mirharooni | Eddia cuff link |
US20030154988A1 (en) | 2002-02-21 | 2003-08-21 | Spiration, Inc. | Intra-bronchial device that provides a medicant intra-bronchially to the patient |
US6929637B2 (en) | 2002-02-21 | 2005-08-16 | Spiration, Inc. | Device and method for intra-bronchial provision of a therapeutic agent |
US20060235432A1 (en) | 2002-02-21 | 2006-10-19 | Devore Lauri J | Intra-bronchial obstructing device that controls biological interaction with the patient |
US7041083B2 (en) * | 2002-02-26 | 2006-05-09 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Medical catheter assembly including a removable inner sleeve and method of using the same |
EP1482863A1 (en) | 2002-03-08 | 2004-12-08 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Methods and devices for inducing collapse in lung regions fed by collateral pathways |
US20030181356A1 (en) | 2002-03-11 | 2003-09-25 | Edward Ingenito | Compositions and methods for treating emphysema |
US20030181922A1 (en) | 2002-03-20 | 2003-09-25 | Spiration, Inc. | Removable anchored lung volume reduction devices and methods |
US20030195511A1 (en) | 2002-04-16 | 2003-10-16 | Spiration, Inc. | Device for and method of removing deleterious body tissue from a site within a patient |
US20030195385A1 (en) | 2002-04-16 | 2003-10-16 | Spiration, Inc. | Removable anchored lung volume reduction devices and methods |
CA2482935A1 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2003-10-30 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Devices for maintaining surgically created openings |
US6770063B2 (en) | 2002-04-23 | 2004-08-03 | Uresil, L.P. | Thoracic vent kit |
WO2003091608A2 (en) * | 2002-04-26 | 2003-11-06 | Taut, Inc. | Floating seal assembly for a trocar |
US20030212412A1 (en) | 2002-05-09 | 2003-11-13 | Spiration, Inc. | Intra-bronchial obstructing device that permits mucus transport |
US7207946B2 (en) | 2002-05-09 | 2007-04-24 | Spiration, Inc. | Automated provision of information related to air evacuation from a chest cavity |
CA2485106A1 (en) * | 2002-05-09 | 2003-11-20 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Adjustable balloon anchoring trocar |
US6809230B2 (en) * | 2002-06-04 | 2004-10-26 | Betty Hancock | Waterproof venipuncture site cover |
DE10225281C1 (en) * | 2002-06-07 | 2003-11-06 | Dornier Gmbh | Structure element for a portable container, as a working space, has outer reinforced plastics claddings with rib spacers, to take insulation layers between them for a light weight with high mechanical strength |
ITMI20021273A1 (en) | 2002-06-11 | 2003-12-11 | Milano Politecnico | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THE AUTOMATIC DETECTION OF THE EXPIRATORY FLOW LIMITATION |
US7819908B2 (en) | 2002-06-17 | 2010-10-26 | Aeris Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for reducing lung volume |
US7134273B2 (en) * | 2002-09-04 | 2006-11-14 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Exhaust emission control and diagnostics |
AU2003277157A1 (en) * | 2002-09-30 | 2004-04-23 | Damage Control Surgical Technologies, Inc. | Rapid deployment chest drainage |
US20040073241A1 (en) | 2002-10-11 | 2004-04-15 | Spiration, Inc. | Implantable tissue constriction device and method for suppressing leakage of fluid from resectioned body tissue |
DE10302310A1 (en) | 2003-01-20 | 2004-07-29 | Freitag, Lutz, Dr. | Patient lung reduction method, e.g. for treating pulmonary emphysema, whereby a bronchial catheter is inserted into an over-swollen lung area and the supplying bronchopulmonary closed in synchronism with patient breathing |
US20040144387A1 (en) | 2003-01-28 | 2004-07-29 | David Amar | Double-balloon endobronchial catheter for one lung isolation anesthesia and surgery |
US20040210248A1 (en) | 2003-03-12 | 2004-10-21 | Spiration, Inc. | Apparatus, method and assembly for delivery of intra-bronchial devices |
US7100616B2 (en) | 2003-04-08 | 2006-09-05 | Spiration, Inc. | Bronchoscopic lung volume reduction method |
US7811274B2 (en) * | 2003-05-07 | 2010-10-12 | Portaero, Inc. | Method for treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US7426929B2 (en) * | 2003-05-20 | 2008-09-23 | Portaero, Inc. | Intra/extra-thoracic collateral ventilation bypass system and method |
US7533667B2 (en) * | 2003-05-29 | 2009-05-19 | Portaero, Inc. | Methods and devices to assist pulmonary decompression |
US6916310B2 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2005-07-12 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Percutaneous access device |
ATE458459T1 (en) | 2003-06-02 | 2010-03-15 | Hollister Inc | A SELF-ADHESIVE COUPLING RING FOR AN OSTOMY DEVICE |
US7252086B2 (en) * | 2003-06-03 | 2007-08-07 | Cordis Corporation | Lung reduction system |
US7377278B2 (en) * | 2003-06-05 | 2008-05-27 | Portaero, Inc. | Intra-thoracic collateral ventilation bypass system and method |
US8002740B2 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2011-08-23 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in tissue |
US8308682B2 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2012-11-13 | Broncus Medical Inc. | Devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in tissue |
WO2005018524A2 (en) * | 2003-08-18 | 2005-03-03 | Wondka Anthony D | Method and device for non-invasive ventilation with nasal interface |
US20050103340A1 (en) | 2003-08-20 | 2005-05-19 | Wondka Anthony D. | Methods, systems & devices for endobronchial ventilation and drug delivery |
US20050066041A1 (en) * | 2003-09-19 | 2005-03-24 | Chin Kwan Wu | Setting up a name resolution system for home-to-home communications |
US7135010B2 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2006-11-14 | Damage Control Surgical Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for rapid deployment chest drainage |
US20050171396A1 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2005-08-04 | Cyberheart, Inc. | Method for non-invasive lung treatment |
CA2546331A1 (en) | 2003-11-17 | 2005-05-26 | Spirojet Medical Ltd. | Spirometer |
US7036509B2 (en) | 2003-12-04 | 2006-05-02 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Multiple seal port anesthesia adapter |
US20050178389A1 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2005-08-18 | Shaw David P. | Disease indications for selective endobronchial lung region isolation |
EP1737522A1 (en) | 2004-03-17 | 2007-01-03 | Cook Critical Care Incorporated | Medical devices for selectively and alternatively isolating bronchi or lungs |
US20060142790A1 (en) * | 2004-03-23 | 2006-06-29 | Michael Gertner | Methods and devices to facilitate connections between body lumens |
WO2005122953A2 (en) | 2004-05-11 | 2005-12-29 | Oregon Health And Science University | Interfacial stent and method of maintaining patency of surgical fenestrations |
US7448385B2 (en) * | 2004-06-07 | 2008-11-11 | Purepharm Inc. | Nasal adaptation of an oral inhaler device |
JP4767252B2 (en) | 2004-06-14 | 2011-09-07 | ヌームアールエックス・インコーポレーテッド | Lung access device |
US7468350B2 (en) | 2004-06-16 | 2008-12-23 | Pneumrx, Inc. | Glue composition for lung volume reduction |
US7553810B2 (en) | 2004-06-16 | 2009-06-30 | Pneumrx, Inc. | Lung volume reduction using glue composition |
WO2006009688A2 (en) | 2004-06-16 | 2006-01-26 | Pneumrx, Inc. | Intra-bronchial lung volume reduction system |
US7678767B2 (en) | 2004-06-16 | 2010-03-16 | Pneumrx, Inc. | Glue compositions for lung volume reduction |
US7608579B2 (en) | 2004-06-16 | 2009-10-27 | Pneumrx, Inc. | Lung volume reduction using glue compositions |
EP1773425A4 (en) * | 2004-07-07 | 2012-01-04 | Egret Medical Products Inc | Suction catheter assembly |
WO2006014567A2 (en) * | 2004-07-08 | 2006-02-09 | Pneumrx, Inc. | Pleural effusion treatment device, method and material |
EP1786499A2 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2007-05-23 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in a body organ |
US20060047291A1 (en) | 2004-08-20 | 2006-03-02 | Uptake Medical Corporation | Non-foreign occlusion of an airway and lung collapse |
US20060130830A1 (en) | 2004-09-07 | 2006-06-22 | Uptake Medical Corporation | Intra-bronchial implants for improved attachment |
US7460941B2 (en) * | 2004-09-29 | 2008-12-02 | Caterpillar Inc. | Slope-limited retarding control for a propelled machine |
US20060079845A1 (en) * | 2004-10-08 | 2006-04-13 | Eben Howard And Pamela A. Howard | Movable inflatable anchor for medical devices |
US20060079838A1 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2006-04-13 | Walker Steven C | Movable Balloon anchor for medical devices |
US20060162731A1 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2006-07-27 | Pulmonx | Pulmonary occlusal stent delivery catheter, loading system and methods of use |
JP5020824B2 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2012-09-05 | ロバート・エル・バリー | Lung therapy apparatus and method |
US20060118126A1 (en) | 2004-11-19 | 2006-06-08 | Don Tanaka | Methods and devices for controlling collateral ventilation |
US7398782B2 (en) | 2004-11-19 | 2008-07-15 | Portaero, Inc. | Method for pulmonary drug delivery |
US8220460B2 (en) | 2004-11-19 | 2012-07-17 | Portaero, Inc. | Evacuation device and method for creating a localized pleurodesis |
US7824366B2 (en) | 2004-12-10 | 2010-11-02 | Portaero, Inc. | Collateral ventilation device with chest tube/evacuation features and method |
US7832394B2 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2010-11-16 | Schechter Alan M | Apparatus for dispensing pressurized contents |
US20060137681A1 (en) * | 2004-12-28 | 2006-06-29 | Ric Investments, Llc. | Actuator for a metered dose inhaler |
US20070186932A1 (en) | 2006-01-06 | 2007-08-16 | Pulmonx | Collateral pathway treatment using agent entrained by aspiration flow current |
US7731651B2 (en) | 2005-03-17 | 2010-06-08 | Spiration, Inc. | Device to deploy a resilient sleeve to constrict on body tissue |
US20070055175A1 (en) * | 2005-05-25 | 2007-03-08 | Pulmosonix Pty Ltd | Devices and methods for tissue analysis |
WO2006130873A2 (en) | 2005-06-01 | 2006-12-07 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining surgically created channels in a body organ |
US20070142742A1 (en) | 2005-07-13 | 2007-06-21 | Pulmonx | Methods and systems for segmental lung diagnostics |
US7268096B2 (en) * | 2005-07-21 | 2007-09-11 | Chevron Phillips Chemical Company Lp | Diimine metal complexes, methods of synthesis, and methods of using in oligomerization and polymerization |
US20070038177A1 (en) * | 2005-08-12 | 2007-02-15 | Sinha Anil K | Self securing chest tubes and methods |
US7628789B2 (en) * | 2005-08-17 | 2009-12-08 | Pulmonx Corporation | Selective lung tissue ablation |
CA2663749A1 (en) | 2005-09-21 | 2007-03-29 | Dask Technologies, Llc | Methods and compositions for organ and tissue functionality |
AR055498A1 (en) | 2005-10-07 | 2007-08-22 | Pablo C Luchetti | SURGICAL DEVICE FOR INCISION AND SKIN CLOSURE |
DK1774932T3 (en) | 2005-10-11 | 2015-11-02 | Convatec Technologies Inc | An ostomy coupling |
DE102005050902A1 (en) * | 2005-10-21 | 2007-05-03 | Khs Ag | Device for aligning containers and labeling machine with such a device |
US20070186933A1 (en) | 2006-01-17 | 2007-08-16 | Pulmonx | Systems and methods for delivering flow restrictive element to airway in lungs |
EP1815821A1 (en) | 2006-02-02 | 2007-08-08 | Dr. Karel Volenec - ELLA - CS | Stent delivery system |
WO2007123945A2 (en) * | 2006-04-21 | 2007-11-01 | Aradigm Corporation | Mechanical single dose intrapulmonary drug delivery devices |
US20080234660A2 (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2008-09-25 | Sarah Cumming | Steerable Catheter Using Flat Pull Wires and Method of Making Same |
WO2008124500A1 (en) * | 2007-04-03 | 2008-10-16 | Aeris Therapeutics, Inc. | Lung volume reduction therapy using crosslinked biopolymers |
US20080281151A1 (en) | 2007-05-11 | 2008-11-13 | Portaero, Inc. | Pulmonary pleural stabilizer |
US7931641B2 (en) | 2007-05-11 | 2011-04-26 | Portaero, Inc. | Visceral pleura ring connector |
US8163034B2 (en) | 2007-05-11 | 2012-04-24 | Portaero, Inc. | Methods and devices to create a chemically and/or mechanically localized pleurodesis |
US20080287878A1 (en) | 2007-05-15 | 2008-11-20 | Portaero, Inc. | Pulmonary visceral pleura anastomosis reinforcement |
US20080283065A1 (en) | 2007-05-15 | 2008-11-20 | Portaero, Inc. | Methods and devices to maintain patency of a lumen in parenchymal tissue of the lung |
US8062315B2 (en) * | 2007-05-17 | 2011-11-22 | Portaero, Inc. | Variable parietal/visceral pleural coupling |
US20080295829A1 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2008-12-04 | Portaero, Inc. | Bridge element for lung implant |
US8181651B2 (en) * | 2007-07-24 | 2012-05-22 | Passy-Muir, Inc. | Hand powered suction device with mucus trap and suction catheter for tracheostomy tubes |
AU2008311795A1 (en) * | 2007-10-18 | 2009-04-23 | Convatec Technologies Inc. | Aspiration system and body interface device for removing urine discharged by the human body |
AU2008326154B2 (en) * | 2007-10-30 | 2013-12-12 | Uti Limited Partnership | Method and system for sustained-release of sclerosing agent |
US8336540B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2012-12-25 | Portaero, Inc. | Pneumostoma management device and method for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8475389B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-07-02 | Portaero, Inc. | Methods and devices for assessment of pneumostoma function |
EP2242527A4 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2011-07-13 | Portaero Inc | Devices and methods for delivery of a therapeutic agent through a pneumostoma |
US8347881B2 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2013-01-08 | Portaero, Inc. | Pneumostoma management device with integrated patency sensor and method |
US8518053B2 (en) * | 2009-02-11 | 2013-08-27 | Portaero, Inc. | Surgical instruments for creating a pneumostoma and treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
-
2009
- 2009-02-17 EP EP09711701A patent/EP2242527A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2009-02-17 WO PCT/US2009/034322 patent/WO2009105432A2/en active Application Filing
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,467 patent/US8347880B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 WO PCT/US2009/034374 patent/WO2009105455A2/en active Application Filing
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,462 patent/US7927324B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,468 patent/US8365722B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,461 patent/US8348906B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,447 patent/US8453637B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,470 patent/US8021320B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,451 patent/US20090205645A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,455 patent/US20090205658A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,435 patent/US20090209856A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-02-18 BR BRPI0908784A patent/BRPI0908784A2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2009-02-18 WO PCT/US2009/034406 patent/WO2009105473A2/en active Application Filing
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,458 patent/US8430094B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 WO PCT/US2009/034380 patent/WO2009105458A2/en active Application Filing
- 2009-02-18 JP JP2010547719A patent/JP2011512233A/en active Pending
- 2009-02-18 EP EP09712130A patent/EP2242530A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2009-02-18 EP EP09712329A patent/EP2242529A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,453 patent/US8252003B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 CA CA2752159A patent/CA2752159A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-02-18 CN CN2009801137738A patent/CN102006904A/en active Pending
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,465 patent/US7909803B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,459 patent/US20090205665A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,438 patent/US20090205643A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,469 patent/US8474449B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 AU AU2009215579A patent/AU2009215579A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,446 patent/US20090209909A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,460 patent/US8464708B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,441 patent/US8491602B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 US US12/388,466 patent/US8453638B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-02-18 JP JP2010547718A patent/JP2011512232A/en active Pending
-
2011
- 2011-01-25 US US13/012,962 patent/US8231581B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2011-08-19 US US13/213,279 patent/US8273051B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2012
- 2012-07-06 US US13/543,588 patent/US8506577B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2013
- 2013-03-27 US US13/851,545 patent/US20130218134A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (100)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US953922A (en) * | 1907-06-17 | 1910-04-05 | John B Rogers | Tracheal cannula or tube. |
US2873742A (en) * | 1954-07-14 | 1959-02-17 | Research Corp | Surgical instruments |
US2867213A (en) * | 1957-06-12 | 1959-01-06 | Jr Paul A Thomas | Flutter valve for drainage of the pleural cavity |
US3556103A (en) * | 1968-03-15 | 1971-01-19 | Edward J Calhoun | Tracheotomy instrument |
US3638649A (en) * | 1969-07-07 | 1972-02-01 | Univ Minnesota | Implantable prosthetic pass-through device |
US3788326A (en) * | 1970-07-29 | 1974-01-29 | H Jacobs | Distally perforated catheter for use in ventilating system |
US4439189A (en) * | 1981-06-18 | 1984-03-27 | Bentley Laboratories, Inc. | Pleural drainage system |
US4502482A (en) * | 1983-05-23 | 1985-03-05 | Deluccia Victor C | Endotracheal tube complex |
US4583977A (en) * | 1984-08-15 | 1986-04-22 | Vsesojuzny Nauchno-Issledovatelsky Institut Meditsiuskikh Polimerov | Device for lengthy fixation of a tube introduced into the patient's body |
US4799494A (en) * | 1986-10-22 | 1989-01-24 | Wang Ko P | Percutaneous aspiration lung biopsy needle assembly |
US4813929A (en) * | 1987-02-19 | 1989-03-21 | Neal Semrad | Chest tube device and method of inserting device |
US5004456A (en) * | 1989-03-10 | 1991-04-02 | Arrow International Investment Corporation | In-dwelling catheter |
US5281204A (en) * | 1989-12-26 | 1994-01-25 | Nissho Corporation | Device for forming an inserting hole and method of using and making the same |
US5078689A (en) * | 1990-05-14 | 1992-01-07 | Keller Alan M | Device for removing body fluids |
US5401262A (en) * | 1990-07-20 | 1995-03-28 | Atrium Medical Corporation | Fluid recovery system |
US5501678A (en) * | 1991-08-30 | 1996-03-26 | Coloplast A/S | Adapter for use in connection with ostomy equipment |
US5403264A (en) * | 1992-09-04 | 1995-04-04 | Ethicon, Inc. | Endoscopic closure inspection device |
US5616131A (en) * | 1992-09-23 | 1997-04-01 | Lasersurge, Inc. | Apparatus and method for anchoring surgical instrumentation |
US5484401A (en) * | 1992-11-04 | 1996-01-16 | Denver Biomaterials, Inc. | Treatment method for pleural effusion |
US5496297A (en) * | 1993-02-22 | 1996-03-05 | Coloplast A/S | Ostomy coupling |
US5389077A (en) * | 1993-03-03 | 1995-02-14 | Uresil Corporation | Minimally invasive body cavity penetrating instruments |
US5501677A (en) * | 1993-06-25 | 1996-03-26 | Jensen; Ole R. | Two-piece ostomy appliance and low-profile coupling ring assembly |
US5897531A (en) * | 1994-01-07 | 1999-04-27 | Amirana; Omar | Adhesive surgical retaining device |
US5738661A (en) * | 1995-06-16 | 1998-04-14 | Larice; Gennaro | Medical device for holding a feeding tube and use thereof |
US7014628B2 (en) * | 1995-07-07 | 2006-03-21 | Bousquet Gerald G | Transcutaneous access device |
US5728066A (en) * | 1995-12-13 | 1998-03-17 | Daneshvar; Yousef | Injection systems and methods |
US5730735A (en) * | 1996-03-12 | 1998-03-24 | Hollister Incorporated | Convex ostomy faceplate with floating flange and finger recess |
US6200333B1 (en) * | 1997-04-07 | 2001-03-13 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Bronchial stenter |
US6550475B1 (en) * | 1998-03-11 | 2003-04-22 | Oldfield Family Holdings Pty. Limited | Endotracheal tube for selective bronchial occlusion |
US6997189B2 (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 2006-02-14 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Method for lung volume reduction |
US6174323B1 (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 2001-01-16 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Method and assembly for lung volume reduction |
US20040031494A1 (en) * | 1998-06-10 | 2004-02-19 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods of treating asthma |
US6197010B1 (en) * | 1998-06-11 | 2001-03-06 | Hollister Incorporated | Ostomy appliance faceplate with concealed coupling ring flange |
US6358269B1 (en) * | 1998-11-02 | 2002-03-19 | Ralph Aye | Method of treating peripheral bronchopleural fistulas |
US6334441B1 (en) * | 1998-11-23 | 2002-01-01 | Mallinckrodt Medical, Inc. | Phonation valve for breathing tube |
US6682506B1 (en) * | 1998-12-22 | 2004-01-27 | Francis Navarro | Device for maintaining at least a tube |
US7186259B2 (en) * | 1999-07-02 | 2007-03-06 | Pulmonx | Methods, systems, and kits for lung volume reduction |
US6709401B2 (en) * | 1999-07-02 | 2004-03-23 | Pulmonx | Methods, systems, and kits for lung volume reduction |
US20050015106A1 (en) * | 1999-07-02 | 2005-01-20 | Pulmonx | Methods, systems, and kits for lung volume reduction |
US20050049615A1 (en) * | 1999-08-05 | 2005-03-03 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods for treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US6712812B2 (en) * | 1999-08-05 | 2004-03-30 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Devices for creating collateral channels |
US20040073201A1 (en) * | 1999-08-05 | 2004-04-15 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods for treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US6692494B1 (en) * | 1999-08-05 | 2004-02-17 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for creating collateral channels in the lungs |
US20020042564A1 (en) * | 1999-08-05 | 2002-04-11 | Cooper Joel D. | Devices for creating collateral channels in the lungs |
US6517519B1 (en) * | 1999-08-13 | 2003-02-11 | The Johns Hopkins University | Device and method for rapid chest tube insertion |
US20040073155A1 (en) * | 2000-01-14 | 2004-04-15 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in tissue |
US6679264B1 (en) * | 2000-03-04 | 2004-01-20 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Methods and devices for use in performing pulmonary procedures |
US6694979B2 (en) * | 2000-03-04 | 2004-02-24 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Methods and devices for use in performing pulmonary procedures |
US6840243B2 (en) * | 2000-03-04 | 2005-01-11 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Methods and devices for use in performing pulmonary procedures |
US20040016435A1 (en) * | 2000-03-04 | 2004-01-29 | Deem Mark E. | Methods and devices for use in performing pulmonary procedures |
US7165548B2 (en) * | 2000-03-04 | 2007-01-23 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Methods and devices for use in performing pulmonary procedures |
US20050043745A1 (en) * | 2000-03-23 | 2005-02-24 | Alferness Clifton A. | Tissue resection device, system, and method |
US6514290B1 (en) * | 2000-03-31 | 2003-02-04 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Lung elastic recoil restoring or tissue compressing device and method |
US20040010289A1 (en) * | 2000-10-17 | 2004-01-15 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Control system and process for application of energy to airway walls and other mediums |
US6527761B1 (en) * | 2000-10-27 | 2003-03-04 | Pulmonx, Inc. | Methods and devices for obstructing and aspirating lung tissue segments |
US6997918B2 (en) * | 2000-10-27 | 2006-02-14 | Pulmonx | Methods and devices for obstructing and aspirating lung tissue segments |
US20040073191A1 (en) * | 2000-10-27 | 2004-04-15 | Pulmonx | Methods and devices for obstructing and aspirating lung tissue segments |
US7175644B2 (en) * | 2001-02-14 | 2007-02-13 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Devices and methods for maintaining collateral channels in tissue |
US20040055606A1 (en) * | 2001-03-02 | 2004-03-25 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Bronchial flow control devices with membrane seal |
US7011094B2 (en) * | 2001-03-02 | 2006-03-14 | Emphasys Medical, Inc. | Bronchial flow control devices and methods of use |
US6520183B2 (en) * | 2001-06-11 | 2003-02-18 | Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center | Double endobronchial catheter for one lung isolation anesthesia and surgery |
US20030069488A1 (en) * | 2001-07-10 | 2003-04-10 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device including fixation structure |
US6860847B2 (en) * | 2001-07-10 | 2005-03-01 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device viewable under X ray fluoroscopy |
US7182772B2 (en) * | 2001-07-10 | 2007-02-27 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device including fixation structure |
US20030013935A1 (en) * | 2001-07-10 | 2003-01-16 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device viewable under X ray fluoroscopy |
US20030018309A1 (en) * | 2001-07-17 | 2003-01-23 | Breznock Eugene Michael | Method and apparatus for chest drainage |
US20030018344A1 (en) * | 2001-07-19 | 2003-01-23 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Medical device and method of embolizing bronchus or bronchiole |
US6837906B2 (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2005-01-04 | Ensure Medical, Inc. | Lung assist apparatus and methods for use |
US20050043751A1 (en) * | 2001-09-04 | 2005-02-24 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in a body organ |
US20050043752A1 (en) * | 2001-09-04 | 2005-02-24 | Broncus Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for maintaining patency of surgically created channels in a body organ |
US20030051733A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2003-03-20 | Pulmonx | Method and apparatus for endobronchial diagnosis |
US20030055331A1 (en) * | 2001-09-11 | 2003-03-20 | Pulmonx | Methods of endobronchial diagnosis using imaging |
US20050033310A1 (en) * | 2001-09-11 | 2005-02-10 | Alferness Clifton A. | Intra-bronchial valve devices |
US20030050648A1 (en) * | 2001-09-11 | 2003-03-13 | Spiration, Inc. | Removable lung reduction devices, systems, and methods |
US7172581B2 (en) * | 2001-09-24 | 2007-02-06 | Coloplast A/S | Ostomy appliance with a removable, washable and reusable sealing member |
US20030065339A1 (en) * | 2001-10-02 | 2003-04-03 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device including reinforced suture holes |
US6843767B2 (en) * | 2001-10-18 | 2005-01-18 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device including tear resistant structures |
US20030078469A1 (en) * | 2001-10-18 | 2003-04-24 | Spiration, Inc. | Constriction device including tear resistant structures |
US6695791B2 (en) * | 2002-01-04 | 2004-02-24 | Spiration, Inc. | System and method for capturing body tissue samples |
US6846292B2 (en) * | 2002-02-19 | 2005-01-25 | Mohamed Bakry | Pleural biopsy and brushing needle |
US20030220621A1 (en) * | 2002-04-16 | 2003-11-27 | Dr. William Arkinstall | Valved ostomy drainage device |
US6852108B2 (en) * | 2002-05-14 | 2005-02-08 | Spiration, Inc. | Apparatus and method for resecting and removing selected body tissue from a site inside a patient |
US20050033344A1 (en) * | 2002-05-17 | 2005-02-10 | Dillard David H. | One-way valve devices for anchored implantation in a lung |
US20040047855A1 (en) * | 2002-06-17 | 2004-03-11 | Bistech, Inc., A Delaware Corporation | Compositions and methods for reducing lung volume |
US20040010209A1 (en) * | 2002-07-15 | 2004-01-15 | Spiration, Inc. | Device and method for measuring the diameter of an air passageway |
US20040024356A1 (en) * | 2002-07-31 | 2004-02-05 | Don Tanaka | Long term oxygen therapy system |
US20040040555A1 (en) * | 2002-08-28 | 2004-03-04 | Don Tanaka | Collateral ventilation bypass trap system |
US20040059263A1 (en) * | 2002-09-24 | 2004-03-25 | Spiration, Inc. | Device and method for measuring the diameter of an air passageway |
US6849061B2 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2005-02-01 | Robert B. Wagner | Method and apparatus for pleural drainage |
US20050022809A1 (en) * | 2003-04-25 | 2005-02-03 | Wondka Anthony David | Methods, systems and devices for desufflating a lung area |
US20050005936A1 (en) * | 2003-06-18 | 2005-01-13 | Wondka Anthony David | Methods, systems and devices for improving ventilation in a lung area |
US7195017B2 (en) * | 2003-07-03 | 2007-03-27 | Cordis Corporation | Collateral ventilation bypass trap system |
US20050025816A1 (en) * | 2003-07-15 | 2005-02-03 | Don Tanaka | Methods and devices to accelerate wound healing in thoracic anastomosis applications |
US7682332B2 (en) * | 2003-07-15 | 2010-03-23 | Portaero, Inc. | Methods to accelerate wound healing in thoracic anastomosis applications |
US7192420B2 (en) * | 2003-08-08 | 2007-03-20 | Whiteford Bruce W | Ostomy adapter with multiple adhesives for reliable sealing |
US7195016B2 (en) * | 2004-01-07 | 2007-03-27 | E. Benson Hood Laboratories | Transtracheal oxygen stent |
US20060025815A1 (en) * | 2004-07-08 | 2006-02-02 | Mcgurk Erin | Lung device with sealing features |
US20070051372A1 (en) * | 2005-08-23 | 2007-03-08 | Don Tanaka | Collateral ventilation bypass system with retention features |
US7686013B2 (en) * | 2006-01-17 | 2010-03-30 | Portaero, Inc. | Variable resistance pulmonary ventilation bypass valve |
US20100043786A1 (en) * | 2006-05-18 | 2010-02-25 | Breathe Technologies | Tracheostoma spacer, tracheotomy method, and device for inserting a tracheostoma spacer |
Cited By (27)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8323230B2 (en) | 2003-07-15 | 2012-12-04 | Portaero, Inc. | Methods and devices to accelerate wound healing in thoracic anastomosis applications |
US8453638B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-06-04 | Portaero, Inc. | One-piece pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8231581B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2012-07-31 | Portaero, Inc. | Enhanced pneumostoma management device and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8464708B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-06-18 | Portaero, Inc. | Pneumostoma management system having a cosmetic and/or protective cover |
US8474449B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-07-02 | Portaero, Inc. | Variable length pneumostoma management system for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US7927324B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2011-04-19 | Portaero, Inc. | Aspirator and method for pneumostoma management |
US8336540B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2012-12-25 | Portaero, Inc. | Pneumostoma management device and method for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8453637B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-06-04 | Portaero, Inc. | Pneumostoma management system for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8347880B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-01-08 | Potaero, Inc. | Pneumostoma management system with secretion management features for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8348906B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-01-08 | Portaero, Inc. | Aspirator for pneumostoma management |
US8365722B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-02-05 | Portaero, Inc. | Multi-layer pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8430094B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-04-30 | Portaero, Inc. | Flexible pneumostoma management system and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US7909803B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2011-03-22 | Portaero, Inc. | Enhanced pneumostoma management device and methods for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8506577B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-08-13 | Portaero, Inc. | Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8021320B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2011-09-20 | Portaero, Inc. | Self-sealing device and method for delivery of a therapeutic agent through a pneumostoma |
US8252003B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2012-08-28 | Portaero, Inc. | Surgical instruments for creating a pneumostoma and treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8475389B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-07-02 | Portaero, Inc. | Methods and devices for assessment of pneumostoma function |
US8491602B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2013-07-23 | Portaero, Inc. | Single-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US8347881B2 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2013-01-08 | Portaero, Inc. | Pneumostoma management device with integrated patency sensor and method |
US8518053B2 (en) | 2009-02-11 | 2013-08-27 | Portaero, Inc. | Surgical instruments for creating a pneumostoma and treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
US9233015B2 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2016-01-12 | Trivascular, Inc. | Endovascular delivery system with an improved radiopaque marker scheme |
US10034787B2 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2018-07-31 | Trivascular, Inc. | Endovascular delivery system with an improved radiopaque marker scheme |
US11013626B2 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2021-05-25 | Trivascular, Inc. | Endovascular delivery system with an improved radiopaque marker scheme |
US10058332B2 (en) | 2012-08-01 | 2018-08-28 | Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha | Method for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
CN114126516A (en) * | 2018-11-30 | 2022-03-01 | 快管医疗有限责任公司 | Method and apparatus for treating tension pneumothorax with rapid deployment of chest ports |
JP2021115237A (en) * | 2020-01-24 | 2021-08-10 | 直之 石北 | Thoracic cavity drainage catheter and thoracic cavity drainage system |
US11986586B2 (en) | 2021-09-17 | 2024-05-21 | Naoyuki Ishikita | Catheter for chest drainage and chest drainage system |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8506577B2 (en) | Two-phase surgical procedure for creating a pneumostoma to treat chronic obstructive pulmonary disease | |
US8518053B2 (en) | Surgical instruments for creating a pneumostoma and treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease | |
US8062315B2 (en) | Variable parietal/visceral pleural coupling | |
US20100147294A1 (en) | Devices and methods to maintain the patency of an opening relative to parenchymal tissue of the lung | |
US8163034B2 (en) | Methods and devices to create a chemically and/or mechanically localized pleurodesis | |
EP1475117B1 (en) | Delivery devices for localized pleurodesis agent delivery | |
US7931641B2 (en) | Visceral pleura ring connector | |
WO2008140989A2 (en) | Medical devices and procedures for assessing a lung and treating chronic obstructive pulmonary disease | |
US20080287878A1 (en) | Pulmonary visceral pleura anastomosis reinforcement | |
US20080295829A1 (en) | Bridge element for lung implant | |
US20080281151A1 (en) | Pulmonary pleural stabilizer | |
US20140222056A1 (en) | Occlusion devices including dual balloons and related methods |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: PORTAERO, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:TANAKA, DON;WIESMAN, JOSHUA P.;PLOUGH, DAVID C.;REEL/FRAME:022295/0125;SIGNING DATES FROM 20090216 TO 20090217 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |